SPX CORP
10-K, 1994-03-25
METALWORKG MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: SAFEWAY INC, 10-K, 1994-03-25
Next: SHELL OIL CO, 10-K, 1994-03-25



<PAGE>   1
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-K
     (Mark One)
 
     /X/ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, OR
 
     / / TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM           TO
                   .
 
     COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-419
                                SPX CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
      DELAWARE                                                       38-1016340
(State or other jurisdiction of                                      (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                                       Identification No.)
700 TERRACE POINT DRIVE, MUSKEGON, MICHIGAN                          49443-3301
(Address of principal executive offices)                             (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:                  616-724-5000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON
       TITLE OF EACH CLASS               WHICH REGISTERED
- ---------------------------------    -------------------------
<S>                                  <C>
             COMMON                  NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
                                     PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE
</TABLE>
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
                                      NONE
                                (Title of Class)
 
     INDICATE BY CHECK MARK WHETHER THE REGISTRANT (1) HAS FILED ALL REPORTS
REQUIRED TO BE FILED BY SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934 DURING THE PRECEDING 12 MONTHS (OR FOR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THAT THE
REGISTRANT WAS REQUIRED TO FILE SUCH REPORTS), AND (2) HAS BEEN SUBJECT TO SUCH
FILING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PAST 90 DAYS. YES X   NO
 
     STATE THE AGGREGATE MARKET VALUE OF THE VOTING STOCK HELD BY NON-AFFILIATES
OF THE REGISTRANT.
 
                       $219,160,000 AS OF MARCH 15, 1994
 
                            ------------------------
 
     INDICATE THE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING OF EACH OF THE REGISTRANT'S
CLASSES OF COMMON STOCK, AS OF THE LATEST PRACTICABLE DATE.
 
                     13,940,306 SHARES AS OF MARCH 15, 1994
 
                            ------------------------
 
     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: REGISTRANT'S PROXY STATEMENT FOR ITS
ANNUAL MEETING ON APRIL 27, 1994 IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO PART III.
 
     INDICATE BY CHECK MARK IF DISCLOSURE OF DELINQUENT FILERS PURSUANT TO ITEM
405 OF REGULATION S-K IS NOT CONTAINED HEREIN, AND WILL NOT BE CONTAINED, TO THE
BEST OF REGISTRANT'S KNOWLEDGE, IN DEFINITIVE PROXY OR INFORMATION STATEMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN PART III OF THIS FORM 10-K OR ANY AMENDMENT TO THIS
FORM 10-K. /X/
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
     SPX Corporation ("SPX" or the "company") is a global leader in the design,
manufacture and marketing of products for the motor vehicle industry. Its
operations are focused on the markets for specialty service tools and equipment
used in vehicular repair and maintenance, and original equipment components for
the manufacture and repair of motor vehicles.
 
     The company was organized in 1911 under the laws of Michigan, and
reincorporated in Delaware in 1968. It was known as The Piston Ring Company
until 1931, when it changed its name to Sealed Power Corporation. The name was
changed again in 1988, when it became SPX Corporation. Today, SPX Corporation is
a multi-national corporation with operations in 14 nations. The corporate
headquarters is located in Muskegon, Michigan.
 
  Recent Developments
 
     During 1993 the company completed several significant transactions that are
designed to increase its focus upon two primary core markets, specialty service
tools and original equipment components for the motor vehicle industry.
 
     -- On June 10, 1993, the company purchased the Allen Testproducts division
        and its related leasing company, Allen Group Leasing, from The Allen
        Group, Inc. These businesses are being merged with the company's Bear
        Automotive division to create the Automotive Diagnostics division to
        enhance the company's engine diagnostics, emissions testing and wheel
        service equipment capabilities. Allen Group Leasing was renamed SPX
        Credit Corporation and was combined with the company's existing leasing
        operation and provides customers with a leasing option when purchasing
        higher dollar specialty service equipment.
 
     -- On October 22, 1993, the company divested its Sealed Power Replacement
        division, which markets and distributes replacement engine and under
        vehicle parts.
 
     -- On November 5, 1993, the company divested its Truth division, which
        designs and manufactures window and door hardware products.
 
     -- Effective December 31, 1993, the company acquired Riken Corporation's
        49% ownership interest in Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership
        ("SPT"). SPT represents substantially all of the company's original
        equipment components segment.
 
     -- Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership Europe ("SP Europe"),
        which has not previously been consolidated in the financial statements
        of SPX, has been consolidated as of December 31, 1993. While SPX now
        owns 70% of SP Europe, the partnership had not previously been
        consolidated due to a pending participation of a 20% ownership interest
        by Riken. The Riken participation was not consummated. SP Europe is
        managed by the Sealed Power division of SPT. The remaining 30% interest
        in SP Europe is held by Mahle Gmbh, a German corporation.
 
  Refinancing
 
     Late in the fourth quarter of 1993, the company determined that virtually
all existing SPX and SPT debt should be refinanced in connection with the
purchase of Riken's 49% interest in SPT, due to favorable prevailing interest
rates, scheduled and accelerated existing debt maturities, and to maintain the
flexibility of the company to grow through internal investments and through
acquisitions. The plan of refinancing (the "Refinancing") includes two elements,
a new $225 million revolving bank credit facility and the issuance of $260
million of senior subordinated notes. The Refinancing is expected to be
completed by the end of the second quarter of 1994.
 
     In March, the first portion of the Refinancing was completed when the
company closed a $250 million revolving credit facility with The First National
Bank of Chicago, as agent for a syndication of banks. This
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.0% or the prime rate
(at the company's option) and expires in 1999. Upon completion of the senior
subordinated note offering, this revolving credit facility will be reduced to
$225 million of maximum availability. Proceeds from this revolving credit
facility were used to extinguish approximately $205 million of SPX debt, much of
which was technically in default of covenant provisions. At December 31, 1993,
SPT was in compliance with its debt covenants.
 
     By June 30, 1994, the company expects to have completed its $260 million
offering of senior subordinated notes. These notes are anticipated to bear
interest at a rate of approximately 10% and will be due in or after the year
2002. The proceeds from the notes will be used to retire existing SPT borrowings
which totaled $210.2 million at December 31, 1993. Excess proceeds will be used
to pay down the company's revolving credit facility.
 
     If the company does not issue the senior subordinated notes, provisions
have been made so that the revolving credit facility will remain at $250 million
and the rate of interest would become LIBOR plus 1.5% or the prime rate plus .5%
(at the company's option) and the facility would be secured by substantially all
of SPX's assets. The existing SPT debt would remain outstanding in its current
form, including security interests in SPT's assets.
 
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
 
     The result of these transactions is to increase the company's focus upon
two primary business segments, Specialty Service Tools and Original Equipment
Components. Additionally, a lease financing segment supports the Specialty
Service Tool segment. The following unaudited pro forma information summarizes
the company's revenues as if the above transactions had occurred as of the
beginning of 1991. Please refer to footnote 7 to the consolidated financial
statements for further explanation of the 1993 pro forma results.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1993             1992             1991
                                               -------------    -------------    ------------
                                                           (MILLIONS OF DOLLARS)
    <S>                                        <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>
    Specialty Service Tools................... $ 529.2    52%   $ 606.2    58%   $525.3    58%
    Original Equipment Components.............   458.8    46      420.0    40     366.1    40
    SPX Credit Corporation Lease Finance
      Revenue.................................    15.7     2       16.7     2      15.2     2
                                               -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---
                                               $1,003.7  100%   $1,042.9  100%   $906.6   100%
                                               -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---
                                               -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---
</TABLE>
 
SPECIALTY SERVICE TOOLS
 
     This segment includes six operating divisions that design, manufacture and
market a wide range of specialty service tools and diagnostic equipment
primarily to the worldwide motor vehicle industry. Approximately one-fourth of
sales are to customers outside of North America.
 
     The company competes with numerous companies which specialize in certain
lines of its Specialty Service Tools. The company believes it is the world
leader in offering specialty tool programs for motor vehicle original equipment
manufacturers' franchised dealer networks. The company is a major producer of
electronic engine diagnostic equipment, emission testing equipment and wheel
service equipment in North America and Europe. The key competitive factors
influencing the sale of Specialty Service Tools are design expertise, timeliness
of delivery, quality, service and price. Sales of specialty service tools
essential to franchised dealers tend to vary with changes in vehicle design and
the number of dealerships and are not directly dependent on the volume of
vehicles that are produced by the original equipment manufacturers.
 
     Design of specialty service tools is critical to their functionality and
generally requires close coordination with either the motor vehicle original
equipment manufacturers or with the ultimate users of the tools or instruments.
These products are marketed as solutions to service problems and as aids to
performance improvements. After the design is completed, the company
manufactures, assembles or outsources these products. The company also markets a
broad line of equipment of other manufacturers through franchised dealer
equipment programs coordinated with certain motor vehicle original equipment
manufacturers.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
          Automotive Diagnostics -- This division is the combination of the
     company's Bear Automotive unit and Allen Testproducts, which was acquired
     in June of 1993. The division manufactures and markets performance test,
     emission test, and wheel service equipment, including related software, to
     the global automotive service industry. Products are marketed under both
     the Bear and Allen Testproducts brand names.
 
          These products are marketed to both the dealership and aftermarket
     channels through a direct sales force, OEM distribution and through
     independent distributorships, primarily in foreign countries. In North
     America, sales are supported by a network of company owned distribution and
     service centers. The division has operations located in Australia, Canada,
     the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Germany, Italy, France and the United
     States.
 
          Dealer Equipment and Services (formerly Kent-Moore Tool &
     Equipment). -- This division administers dealer equipment programs in North
     America and Europe for fourteen motor vehicle manufacturers, including
     General Motors, Saturn, Opel, Nissan, Toyota and Hyundai. Under the motor
     vehicle manufacturer's identity, the division supplies service equipment
     and support material to franchised dealers, develops and distributes
     equipment catalogues, and helps franchised dealers assess and meet their
     service equipment needs.
 
          The division's operations, which consist primarily of distribution of
     purchased products to customers, are located in the United States and
     Canada, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Germany and Spain.
 
          Kent-Moore -- This division designs and markets specialty service
     tools and hand-held diagnostic products for the world's motor vehicle
     manufacturers.
 
          Franchised dealers use its products to do essential warranty and
     service work. Examples of products include specialty hand-held mechanical
     tools and specialty hand-held electronic diagnostic instruments.
 
          The division's technical product development and sales staffs work
     closely with the original equipment manufacturers to design tools to meet
     the exacting needs of specialty repair work. Products are sold to
     franchised dealerships under both essential and general programs. Essential
     programs are those in which the OEM requires its franchised dealers to
     purchase and maintain the tools for warranty and service work.
 
          The division has manufacturing operations in the United States and
     Spain. Sales and marketing operations exist in the United States,
     Switzerland, the United Kingdom, Australia, Spain, and Brazil. The division
     also manages the company's 50% interest in JATEK, a Japanese company that
     markets specialty service tools and equipment in the Asia Pacific Rim.
 
          OTC -- The division designs, manufactures and markets a variety of
     specialty service tools and equipment that range from gear pullers to
     complex, hand held diagnostic equipment. These products are based on
     customer needs and are marketed globally through automotive, agricultural,
     and construction equipment manufacturers to their franchised dealers. The
     division also has a strong aftermarket distribution system around the
     world. Products are marketed under brand names including OTC, V.L.
     Churchill, Lowener, and Miller Special Tools.
 
          The division's technical product development and sales staff works
     closely with original equipment manufacturers to design tools that meet the
     exacting needs of specialty repair and maintenance work. Products are sold
     to franchised dealerships under both essential and general programs.
     Essential programs are those in which the OEM requires its franchised
     dealers to purchase and maintain the tools for warranty and service work.
 
          The division's aftermarket distribution is primarily through warehouse
     distributors and jobbers who are supported by an in-house sales and
     technical support staff.
 
          The division has manufacturing operations located in the United States
     and sales and marketing operations located in the United States, the United
     Kingdom, Germany, and Australia.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
          Power Team -- The division is a world leader in producing and
     marketing precision quality high-pressure hydraulic pumps, rams, valves,
     pullers and other equipment. The division markets these products through
     industrial distributors, its own sales force and independent agents. The
     sales and marketing effort is supported by a strong technical support staff
     as products must be designed to exacting specifications to meet the
     multitude of applications for these products. Approximately three-fourths
     of the division's sales are related to the motor vehicle service industry,
     while the balance of sales are made in non-transportation markets such as
     construction, aerospace and industrial maintenance.
 
          The division has sales, marketing and manufacturing operations in the
     United States. Additionally, sales and marketing offices are located in
     Australia, The Netherlands, and Singapore.
 
          The company is one of two major producers in this marketplace, which
     is also supplied by many niche companies.
 
          Robinair -- The division is a global leader in the design,
     manufacture, and marketing of specialty tools and equipment for the service
     of stationary and mobile air conditioning and refrigeration systems. These
     specialty tools range from mechanical hand-held tools, vacuum pumps and
     recharging equipment and leak detection equipment to refrigerant recovery
     and recycling equipment. The division also manufactures and markets engine
     coolant recycling systems.
 
          Approximately one-third of the division's sales are to the stationary,
     or non-transportation, market which includes appliance, refrigeration, and
     non-vehicular air conditioning repair. The division's manufacturing
     facilities are located in the United States. Sales and marketing operations
     exist in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Spain,
     and Australia.
 
ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS
 
     This segment includes five operating divisions that design, manufacture and
market component parts for light and heavy duty vehicle markets. The component
parts for the light and heavy duty vehicle market are composed of two primary
sectors: (i) the OEM sector and (ii) the vehicle maintenance and repair sector,
the so-called replacement market or aftermarket. The
U.S. -- Canadian -- European OEM sector is composed primarily of four classes of
customers: (a) U.S. manufacturers, dominated by General Motors, Ford and
Chrysler, but including other vehicle manufacturers such as Navistar
International and Mack Trucks; (b) foreign companies producing vehicles in North
America and Europe ("transplants"); (c) European vehicle manufacturers,
sometimes sourcing the company's products through assemblies; and (d) vehicle
manufacturers producing vehicles outside the U.S., Canada and Europe.
Aftermarket customers include the service organizations of OEMs, automotive
parts manufacturers and distributors, private brand distributors, and export
customers.
 
     OEM contracts typically are from one to five years in length with the one
year contracts typically being renewed or renegotiated, depending on part
changes, in the ordinary course of business and the longer term contracts
typically containing material cost pass-through and productivity improvement
clauses. Sales of products to OEMs are affected, to a large extent, by vehicle
production which, in turn, is dependent on general economic conditions.
Historically, global vehicle production has been cyclical.
 
     Aftermarket sales are tied to the age of vehicles in service and the need
for replacement parts. Sales of products to the aftermarket historically have
been less adversely affected by general economic conditions since vehicle owners
are more likely to repair vehicles than purchase new ones during recessionary
periods.
 
     In its main product areas, the company competes with a small number of
principal competitors (including the OEMs in certain product categories), some
of which are larger in size and have greater financial resources than the
company. Competitive factors influencing sales include quality, technology,
service and price.
 
          Acutex -- This division produces solenoid valves and related
     assemblies for major vehicle and transmission manufacturers around the
     world. Acutex's proprietary solenoid valve products are devices that
     interface between the electronic signals of a vehicle's on-board computer
     and the vehicle's hydraulic
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
     systems. The company is using this technology in designing and
     manufacturing solenoid valves for electronically controlled automatic
     transmissions. The continued growth of electronically controlled automatic
     transmissions should increase the company's sales of solenoid valves.
 
          This division is also responsible for managing the company's 50%
     investment in RSV, a Japanese company that utilizes the company's
     technology to develop and manufacture solenoid valves for the Asia Pacific
     Rim.
 
          Contech -- This division produces precision aluminum, magnesium, and
     zinc die cast parts for automotive steering and air conditioning systems,
     and other assorted automotive/light truck uses. Primary products in this
     area include steering column parts, rack-and-pinion components and other
     castings such as components for air conditioning compressors, fuel systems,
     clutches, and transmissions. Approximately one half of the castings are
     machined by the division prior to delivery to customers.
 
          Products are sold almost exclusively to automotive OEMs through the
     division's marketing and sales personnel who are assisted by an outside
     sales organization. The market is driven primarily by major OEM model and
     assembly programs.
 
          The division has recently completed a major investment in magnesium
     die casting. The benefits of magnesium, including less weight and higher
     strength-to-weight ratio, will increase the division's proportion of future
     sales that are magnesium die castings.
 
          Filtran -- This division is a leading global producer of automatic
     transmission filters and other filter products and has a leading position
     in the U.S. and Canadian OEM market and aftermarket. A typical transmission
     filter product consists of a composite plastic/metal or all metal housing
     which contains a highly specialized needled felt, polymesh, or metal filter
     element designed to capture foreign particles.
 
          The division sells filters directly to the worldwide OEM market and
     aftermarket. Approximately two thirds of sales are to the aftermarket which
     includes the OEM parts and service organizations as well as private brand
     manufacturers and assorted transmission rebuilders, repackagers, and "quick
     lube" shops.
 
          The division participates in the worldwide OEM market in two different
     methods. In Europe, the company's 50% owned joint venture, IBS Filtran,
     manufactures and distributes filters to OEM customers. In the Asia Pacific
     Rim, the division exports filters to OEM manufacturers in Japan, Korea and
     Australia.
 
          Hy-Lift -- This division is a major domestic supplier of a variety of
     valve train components, including tappets, lash adjusters and roller rocker
     arms. Sales are made to both the domestic OEM market and the domestic
     aftermarket. Sales to the aftermarket, comprising approximately one third
     of total sales, are made through several channels, including direct sales
     to the OEM parts and service organizations and sales to private brand and
     export customers.
 
          Sealed Power Division -- The division is the leading North American
     producer of automotive piston rings and among the largest independent
     producers of cylinder sleeves for automotive and heavy duty engines. The
     division also produces sealing rings for automatic transmissions.
 
          There is a continuing trend in the automotive industry to reduce the
     weight of vehicles, which increases gas mileage. This trend has resulted in
     the development of aluminum engine blocks which require cast iron cylinder
     sleeves. Engine blocks made of cast iron do not require a cylinder sleeve.
     The division has been successful in obtaining contracts from the OEMs for
     these high volume automotive cylinder sleeve applications.
 
          The division's products are purchased by both automotive/light truck
     and heavy duty engine OEMs. The division utilizes a technical sales force
     that works with OEM engine and transmission designers to provide
     high-quality rings and cylinder sleeves.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
          Approximately one-fourth of the division's sales are to the
     aftermarket. In addition to OEM parts and service organizations, the
     division supplies the aftermarket through two main distribution channels:
     private brand organizations, which sell the products under their own labels
     and a special export sales organization.
 
          Sealed Power Technologies (Europe) Limited Partnership ("SP Europe"),
     like its North American counterpart, Sealed Power division, is a leading
     designer, producer and distributor of automotive piston rings and cylinder
     sleeves. Its sales are predominately to European OEMs and to the European
     aftermarket. SP Europe's primary European customers are VW, Federal Mogul,
     Mahle, Kolbenschmidt, Alcan, Avdi, Volvo and Mercedes Benz. SP Europe was
     created in June of 1991 after acquiring the European piston ring and
     cylinder sleeve manufacturing business of TRW, Inc. In October of 1992,
     Mahle GmbH contributed its Spanish piston ring operation to SP Europe in
     exchange for a 30% ownership interest in SP Europe. The Sealed Power
     division has managed SP Europe since its inception.
 
          The division manages a 50% owned investment in Allied Ring
     Corporation, a U.S. joint venture with Riken, which manufactures and
     distributes piston rings to foreign companies producing vehicles in North
     America ("transplants").
 
          The division is also responsible for managing the company's 40% equity
     investment in Promec, a Mexican company that manufactures and distributes
     rings and sleeves in Mexico.
 
SPX CREDIT CORPORATION
 
     This unit was created through the acquisition of Allen Group Leasing from
the Allen Group in June of 1993. This business provides U.S. and Canadian
customers, primarily of the Automotive Diagnostics division, with lease
financing as an alternative for purchasing electronic diagnostic, emissions
testing and wheel service equipment. Essentially all of the direct financing
leases are with companies or individuals operating within the automotive repair
industry and leases are five years in length or less.
 
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
     The company has wholly owned operations located in Australia, Brazil,
Canada, France, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands, Singapore, Spain, Switzerland
and the United Kingdom. The company also has a 70% ownership in SP Europe,
located in France, Germany and Spain.
 
     Additionally, the company has the following non U.S. equity investments:
 
          JATEK (50%). A Japanese company that sells various products into the
     Asia Pacific Rim market, including many of the company's service products.
 
          RSV (50%). A Japanese company that utilizes the company's technology
     to develop and manufacture solenoid valves for the Asia Pacific Rim.
 
          Promec (40%). A Mexican company which, through its subsidiaries,
     manufactures and distributes piston ring and cylinder sleeve products in
     Mexico.
 
          IBS Filtran (50%). A German company that manufactures and distributes
     automotive transmission filters to the European market.
 
     The company licenses its piston ring technology to a Brazilian automotive
parts manufacturer and has a cross-licensing agreement for piston rings with
Riken Corporation.
 
     The company's international operations are subject to the risk of possible
currency devaluation and blockage, nationalization or restrictive legislation
regulating foreign investments and other risks attendant to the countries in
which they are located.
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
     The company's total export sales (for the three year period ending December
31, 1993), to both affiliated and unaffiliated customers, from the United
States, were as follows (historical basis):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1993      1992    1991
                                                               ------     -----   -----
                                                                    (IN MILLIONS)
        <S>                                                    <C>        <C>     <C>
        Export sales:
          To unaffiliated customers........................... $ 74.4     $64.0   $55.4
          To affiliated customers.............................   34.9      33.8    34.4
                                                               ------     -----   -----
                  Total....................................... $109.3     $97.8   $89.8
                                                               ------     -----   -----
                                                               ------     -----   -----
</TABLE>
 
     SPT's export sales have historically been less than 10% of its total sales.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     The company is actively engaged in research and development programs
designed to improve existing products and manufacturing methods and to develop
new products. These engineering efforts encompass all of the company's products
with divisional engineering teams coordinating their resources.
 
     Particular emphasis has been placed on the development of new products that
are compatible with, and build upon, the manufacturing and marketing
capabilities of the company. To assist the company in meeting customer
requirements, computer aided design (CAD) systems, that provide rapid
integration of computers in mechanical design, model testing and manufacturing
control, are used extensively.
 
     The company expended approximately $17.6 million on research activities
relating to the development and improvement of its products in 1993, $14.7
million in 1992 and $13.1 million in 1991. There was no customer sponsored
research activity in these years. With the addition of SPT, research and
development expenditures will increase. SPT's research and development
expenditures were $3.4 million in 1993, $3.8 million in 1992 and $3.6 million in
1991.
 
PATENTS/TRADEMARKS
 
     The company owns numerous domestic and foreign patents covering a variety
of its products and methods of manufacture and also owns a number of registered
trademarks. Although in the aggregate its patents and trademarks are of
considerable importance in the operation of its businesses, the company does not
consider any single patent or trademark to be of such material importance that
its absence would adversely affect the company's ability to conduct its
businesses as presently constituted.
 
RAW MATERIALS
 
     The company's manufactured products are made predominately from iron,
steel, zinc, aluminum, magnesium, plastics and electronic components. These raw
materials are generally purchased from multiple sources of supply and the
company has not experienced any significant disruptions in its businesses due to
shortages.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
     At the end of 1993, the company's employment was 8600 persons, which
includes the employees of SPT and SP Europe. Approximately one-third of the
company's 5000 production and maintenance employees are covered by collective
bargaining agreements with various unions. The company has collective bargaining
agreements with Locals 637, 221, and 1071, International Union, United
Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America (UAW);
Shopmen's Local Union No. 473 of the International Association of Bridge,
Structural and Ornamental Iron Workers; District No. 9, International
Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers (MAW); International Molders and
Allied Workers Union, AFL-CIO, Local No. 120; Local 7629 of the United Paper
International Union; Local 2492 International Association of Machinists &
Aerospace Workers (MAW); and Local 2074 of the International Brotherhood of
Electrical Workers. The collective bargaining agreements with UAW Locals 637,
221, and 1071 will expire on July 24,
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
1998, August 15, 1997, and March 3, 1995, respectively. The collective
bargaining agreement with MAW District 9 will expire on May 13, 1995; the
Molders Local 120 on May 15, 1995; the Shopmen's Local 473 on April 30, 1996.
The collective bargaining agreement with Local 7629 of the United Paper
International Union expires July 1, 1996. The collective bargaining agreement
with Local 2492 of MAW expires September 13, 1996. The collective bargaining
agreement with Local 2074 of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
expires May 4, 1995. Management believes it has generally good relations with
its employees and anticipates that all of its collective bargaining agreements
will be extended or renegotiated in the ordinary course of business. Certain
contracts with OEM customers require the company to stockpile critical
components prior to the expiration of collective bargaining agreements.
 
     Approximately 9% in 1993, 13% in 1992 and 9% in 1991 of the company's
consolidated sales were made to General Motors Corporation and its various
divisions, dealers and distributors. No other customer or group of customers
under common control accounted for more than 10% of consolidated sales for any
of these years. With the effect of the consolidation of SPT, the percentage
sales to General Motors will increase in the future. SPT's sales to General
Motors were 25% in 1993, 27% in 1992 and 31% in 1991. SPT's sales to Ford Motor
Company and its various divisions, dealers and distributors were 23% in 1993,
20% in 1992 and 15% in 1991. With the consolidation of SPT, sales to Ford should
exceed 10% of consolidated sales in the future.
 
     The company does not believe that order backlog is a significant factor in
the specialty service tools and equipment sector. Within the original equipment
components sector, long term contracts and the related level of new vehicle
production are significant to future sales.
 
     All of the company's businesses are required to maintain sufficient levels
of working capital to support customer requirements, particularly inventory.
Sales terms and payment terms are in line with the practices of the industries
in which they compete, none of which are unusual.
 
     The majority of the company's businesses tend to be nonseasonal and closely
follow changes in vehicle design, vehicle production, and general economic
conditions. However, specific markets such as air conditioning service and
repair follow the seasonal trends associated with the weather (sales are
typically higher in spring and summer). Government regulations, such as the
Clean Air Act, can also impact the timing and level of certain specialty service
tool sales.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
     UNITED STATES -- The principal properties used by the company for
manufacturing, administration and warehousing consist of 42 separate facilities
totaling approximately 3.8 million square feet. These facilities are located in
Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, and
Pennsylvania. All facilities are owned, except for 11, which are leased (all non
manufacturing). These leased facilities aggregate 442,000 square feet and have
an average lease term of 6 years.
 
     The company also has 33 distribution and service centers located throughout
the United States for distribution and servicing of its Specialty Service Tools.
These distribution and service centers aggregate 190,000 square feet and all are
leased. No single distribution and service center is of material significance to
the company's business.
 
     INTERNATIONAL -- The company owns approximately 150,000 square feet and
leases approximately 600,000 square feet of manufacturing, administration and
distribution facilities in Australia, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, Italy,
The Netherlands, Singapore, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
 
     The company's properties used for manufacturing, administration and
warehousing are adequate to meet its needs as of December 31, 1993. The company
configures and maintains these facilities as required by their business use. At
December 31, 1993, the company does not have significant excess capacity at any
of its major utilized facilities, and utilized its manufacturing facilities,
taken as a whole, at approximately 75% of three shift capacity in 1993. A
vacated manufacturing facility in Arkansas was sold in early 1994. A vacated
administrative facility in Wisconsin (with three years remaining on its lease),
is currently being marketed for a sub-lease. Plans were announced during the
fourth quarter to close a small casting facility in Michigan. Products
manufactured at this facility will be produced in other facilities or
outsourced.
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     Certain claims, including environmental matters, suits and complaints
arising in the ordinary course of business, have been filed or are pending
against the company. In the opinion of management, all such matters are without
merit or are of such kind, or involve such amounts, as would not have a
significant effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
company if disposed of unfavorably. Additionally, the company has insurance to
minimize its exposures of this nature.
 
     The company's operations and products are subject to federal, state and
local regulatory requirements relating to environmental protection. It is the
company's policy to comply fully with all such applicable requirements. As part
of its effort to comply, management has established an ongoing internal
compliance auditing program which has been in place since 1989. Based on current
information, management believes that the company's operations are in
substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and
the company is not aware of any violation that could have a material adverse
effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the
company. There can be no assurance, however, that currently unknown matters, new
laws and regulations, or stricter interpretations of existing laws and
regulations will not materially affect the company's business or operations in
the future.
 
     In addition, it is the company's practice to reduce use of environmentally
sensitive materials as much as possible. First, it reduces the risk to the
environment in that such use could result in adverse environmental effects
either from operations or utilization of the end product. Second, a reduction in
environmentally sensitive materials reduces the ongoing burden and resulting
cost of handling, controlling emissions, and disposing of wastes that may be
generated from such materials.
 
     The company is also subject to potential liability for the costs of
environmental remediation. This liability may be based upon the ownership or
operation of industrial facilities where contamination may be found as well as
contribution to contamination existing at offsite, non-owned facilities. These
offsite remediation costs cannot be quantified with any degree of certainty. At
this time, management can estimate the environmental remediation costs only in
terms of possibilities and probabilities based on available information.
 
     The company is involved as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") under
the Comprehensive, Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
1980 ("CERCLA"), as amended, or similar state superfund statutes in eight active
proceedings involving off-site waste disposal facilities. At three of these
sites it has been established that the company is a de minimis contributor. A
determination has not been made with respect to the remaining five sites, but
the company believes that it will be found to be a de minimis contributor at
three of them. Based on information available to the Company, which in most
cases includes estimates from PRPs and/or federal or state regulatory agencies
for the investigation, clean up costs at those sites, data related to the
quantities and characteristics of materials generated at or shipped to each
site, the company believes that the costs for each site are not material and in
total the anticipated clean up costs of current PRP actions would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or operations.
 
     In the case of contamination existing upon properties owned or controlled
by the company, the company has established reserves which it deems adequate to
meet its current remediation obligations.
 
     There can be no assurance that the company will not be required to pay
environmental compliance costs or incur liabilities that may be material in
amount due to matters which arise in the future or are not currently known to
the company.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
     None
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
ITEM -- EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT
 
     The following table sets forth with respect to each executive officer or
other significant employee of the company, his name, age, all positions and
offices with the company held by him, the term during which he has been an
officer of the company and, if he has been an officer of the company for less
than five years, his business experience during the past five years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     EXECUTIVE
                                                                                      OFFICER
           NAME AND AGE                                 OFFICE                         SINCE
- -----------------------------------  --------------------------------------------    ---------
<S>                                  <C>                                             <C>
Dale A. Johnson (56)...............  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer                  1985
Curtis T. Atkisson, Jr. (60).......  President, Chief Operating Officer                 1991(1)
Albert A. Zagotta (59).............  Executive Vice President                           1994(2)
Roland Gerber (55).................  Group Vice President                               1989
Robert C. Huff (44)................  Treasurer                                          1994(3)
Stephen A. Lison (53)..............  Vice President, Human Resources                    1989
James M. Sheridan (53).............  Vice President, Administration and General
                                       Counsel                                          1976
John D. Tyson (56).................  Vice President, Corporate Relations                1988
R. Budd Werner (62)................  Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial
                                     Officer                                            1981
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
See page 59 for a complete list of all executive compensation plans and
arrangements.
 
(1) Effective October 1991, Mr. Atkisson was elected President, Chief Operating
     Officer. From May 1989 through September 1991, Mr. Atkisson was President,
     Chief Executive Officer of SPT. Prior to 1989, Mr. Atkisson was a Group
     Vice President of the company.
 
(2) Effective February 1994, Mr. Zagotta was elected Executive Vice President.
     From October 1991 through February 1994, he served as President and Chief
     Executive Officer of SPT. Prior to October 1991, he served as Vice
     President, General Manager of the Sealed Power division.
 
(3) Effective February 1994, Mr. Huff was elected Treasurer. From April 1989
     through February of 1994, he was Vice President, Finance of SPT.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
        SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
 
     The company's common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange and
Pacific Stock Exchange under the symbol "SPW".
 
     Set forth below are the high and low sales prices for the company's common
stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite transaction reporting
system and dividends paid per share for each quarterly period during the past
two years:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DIVIDENDS
                                                             HIGH      LOW      PER SHARE
                                                            ------    ------    ---------
        <S>                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
        1993
          4th Quarter....................................   $18 1/2   $15 1/4      $ .10
          3rd Quarter....................................    18 7/8    15 3/8        .10
          2nd Quarter....................................    17 7/8    15            .10
          1st Quarter....................................    18 1/2    16 3/4        .10
        1992
          4th Quarter....................................   $21       $15 1/2      $ .10
          3rd Quarter....................................    23        15            .10
          2nd Quarter....................................    22 7/8    15 1/2        .10
          1st Quarter....................................    18 5/8    12 1/8        .10
</TABLE>
 
     The approximate number of record holders of the company's Common Stock as
of December 31, 1993 was 7,500.
 
     The company is subject to a number of restrictive covenants under various
debt agreements. Please see Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for
further discussion.
 
     Future dividends will depend upon the earnings and financial condition of
the company and other relevant factors. The new revolving credit agreement
includes a covenant that limits dividends. Please see Note 23 to the
consolidated financial statements for further explanation. The company has no
present intention to discontinue its dividend policy and believes that dividends
will continue at current levels during 1994.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1993          1992         1991         1990       1989
                                      -------       ------       ------       ------     ------
                                               (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues............................  $ 756.1       $801.2       $673.5       $708.2     $632.0
Operating income (loss).............    (42.9)(1)     49.1        (11.9)(4)     40.8       34.3
Interest expense, net...............    (17.9)       (15.1)       (16.9)       (17.7)      (9.9)
Gain on sale of businesses..........    105.4           --           --           --        8.9(5)
Income (loss) before income taxes...     44.7         34.0        (28.8)        23.1       33.3
Income taxes........................    (29.5)       (13.4)         7.2         (8.8)     (12.7)
Income (loss) before cumulative
  effect of change in accounting
  methods and extraordinary loss....  $  15.2       $ 20.6       $(21.6)      $ 14.3     $ 20.6
Cumulative effect of change in
  accounting methods, net of
  taxes.............................    (31.8)(2)     (5.7)(2)       --           --         --
Extraordinary loss, net of taxes....    (24.0)(3)       --           --           --         --
Income (loss) from continuing
  operations........................  $ (40.6)      $ 14.9       $(21.6)      $ 14.3     $ 20.6
Income from discontinued operations,
  net of taxes......................       --           --           --           --       57.7(6)
Net income (loss)...................  $ (40.6)      $ 14.9       $(21.6)      $ 14.3     $ 78.3
Per share of common stock:
Income (loss) before cumulative
  effect of change in accounting
  methods and extraordinary loss....  $  1.20       $ 1.48       $(1.56)      $ 1.04     $ 1.45
Cumulative effect of change in
  accounting methods, net of
  taxes.............................    (2.52)       (0.41)          --           --         --
Extraordinary loss, net of taxes....    (1.90)          --           --           --         --
Income (loss) from continuing
  operations, net of taxes..........  $ (3.22)      $ 1.07       $(1.56)      $ 1.04     $ 1.45
Income from discontinued operations,
  net of taxes......................       --           --           --           --       4.04
Net income (loss)...................  $ (3.22)      $ 1.07       $(1.56)      $ 1.04     $ 5.49
Dividends paid......................  $   .40       $  .40       $  .70       $ 1.00     $14.10(7)
Other Financial Data:
Working Capital.....................  $ 119.4       $182.2       $195.1       $249.8     $186.1
Total assets........................  1,024.4        560.3        579.3        624.1      574.6
Long-term debt......................    336.2        160.3        199.7        226.2      152.7
Shareholders' equity................    145.4        185.5        180.7        210.1      202.1
Capital expenditures................     15.1         20.4         19.4         26.7       41.0
Depreciation and amortization.......     24.4         25.3         23.8         19.9       19.7
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes restructuring charge of $27.5 million, $18.5 million aftertax and
     $1.47 per share. Refer to Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements
     for explanation.
 
(2) Refer to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for explanation.
 
(3) Refer to Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for explanation.
 
(4) Includes special charge of $18.2 million, $14.7 million aftertax and $1.06
     per share. Refer to Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for
     explanation.
 
(5) Represents gain on sale of five small non-core businesses.
 
(6) Includes a $50.7 million gain, net of income taxes, from the contribution of
     operations to SPT.
 
(7) Includes special dividend of $13.00 per share.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following should be read in conjunction with the company's consolidated
financial statements and the related footnotes.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     Strategic Change -- The company completed several major transactions in
1993 which were designed to increase its focus upon two primary core markets,
specialty service tools and original equipment components for the motor vehicle
industry. These transactions were as follows:
 
        -- Acquired the Allen Testproducts division and its related leasing
          subsidiary, Allen Group Leasing, from The Allen Group in June.
 
        -- Acquired Riken's 49% interest in SPT. SPT represents substantially
          all of the company's Original Equipment Component segment.
 
        -- Divested two divisions, SPR and Truth, that are no longer strategic
          to the company's core markets.
 
     As a result of these changes, the company's business is categorized into
two primary segments, Specialty Service Tools and Original Equipment Components.
Additionally, a lease financing segment, SPX Credit Corporation, supports the
Specialty Service Tools segment.
 
     Specialty Service Tools -- Over the past 11 years, the company has made
significant investments in the specialty service tool market. The company
acquired Kent-Moore and Robinair in 1982, acquired OTC and Power Team in 1985,
acquired V.L. Churchill (United Kingdom) in 1985, acquired Bear Automotive in
1988, created Dealer Equipment and Services in 1989, acquired Miller Special
Tools in 1991 and acquired Allen Testproducts and Lowener (Germany) in 1993. The
specialty service tool market continues to be a source of opportunity as
customers' needs for products and services continue to expand due to the
increasing complexity of repairing motor vehicles. The company's acquisition of
Allen Testproducts has enhanced its offering of electronic diagnostic products.
Closely related to Specialty Service Tools, particularly electronic diagnostic
and wheel service equipment, the company also acquired Allen Group Leasing in
June. Now named SPX Credit Corporation, this lease financing operation provides
customers with a leasing option when purchasing higher dollar specialty service
equipment.
 
     Revenues of Specialty Service Tools were $503.6 million in 1993, which
included seven months of Allen Testproducts. The 1993 operating loss of $11.7
million for Specialty Service Tools was significantly affected by the third
quarter $27.5 million pretax restructuring charge associated with the
acquisition of Allen Testproducts. The integration of Bear Automotive and Allen
Testproducts began with the acquisition in June and was approximately 75%
complete as of year-end 1993. In addition to the restructuring charge, which
covered facility and work force reduction expenses, other incremental costs have
been incurred during this transitional period. Management believes the
annualized cost savings will be in excess of $20 million once the integration is
completed by mid-1994.
 
     Original Equipment Components -- During 1993, the company determined to
focus its position as an original equipment component supplier. As of December
31, 1993, the purchase of the other half of SPT enabled the company to increase
its focus on original equipment components. Combined with the company's majority
stake in SP Europe and its Acutex division, the company has a broad range of
products for both original equipment manufacturers and aftermarket customers.
Each of the Original Equipment Component segment's operating divisions have
achieved various OEM customer quality awards.
 
     Pro forma 1993 sales of this segment are $458.8 million. Current U.S. motor
vehicle manufacturers' production forecasts for the next few years show
increased volumes, and signs of some economic recovery in Europe are
encouraging. Finally, the continued growth of electronically controlled
automatic transmissions should increase the company's sales of solenoid valves.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
     Pro forma operating income for the Original Equipment Components segment
was $18.1 million in 1993. In addition, it should be noted that in 1993; (a) a
$4.5 million charge for the closure of a manufacturing plant and the write down
of equipment was recorded; (b) substantial work force reductions and efficiency
improvements were completed at SP Europe; (c) negotiations were completed
limiting a significant portion of retirement health care costs; and (d) volume
increases at the solenoid valve facility improved fixed cost recovery at that
plant. Management believes that these actions will benefit future results of
operations.
 
     SPX Credit Corporation -- Formed as a part of the acquisition of Allen
Group Leasing in June, this lease financing operation provides leasing
alternatives primarily to Automotive Diagnostics' customers. Pro forma 1993
leasing revenues were $15.7 million and operating income was $9.7 million.
Management believes that SPX Credit Corporation will continue to be a positive
factor in the sale of its electronic diagnostic and wheel service equipment.
 
     Divestitures and Refinancing Plan -- The divestitures of the SPR and Truth
divisions were based on the belief that these operations were not strategically
related to either the Specialty Service Tools or Original Equipment Components
segments. The sale of these units provided proceeds of approximately $189
million, net of tax.
 
     The company also established a new revolving credit facility of $250
million in March 1994 with a syndicate of banks. The bank credit facility,
coupled with the planned $260 million offering of senior subordinated notes
during the second quarter of 1994, will provide the company with a more
favorable debt maturity schedule. Management believes this debt capacity will
provide flexibility for future acquisitions and internal growth opportunities.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 1992
 
  Revenues
 
     The following are revenues by business segment:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 INCREASE
                                                            YEAR                (DECREASE)
                                                      -----------------     ------------------
                                                       1993       1992      AMOUNT     PERCENT
                                                      ------     ------     ------     -------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
    Specialty Service Tools.........................  $503.6     $539.6     $(36.0)      (6.7)%
    Original Equipment Components...................    26.6       15.2       11.4       75.0
    SPX Credit Corporation..........................     9.0         --        9.0         --
    Businesses Sold in 1993.........................   216.9      246.4      (29.5)     (12.0)
                                                      ------     ------     ------
              Total.................................  $756.1     $801.2     $(45.1)      (5.6)
                                                      ------     ------     ------
                                                      ------     ------     ------
</TABLE>
 
     Total revenues for 1993 were lower than 1992 due primarily to lower
Specialty Service Tools revenues and reduced revenues from businesses which were
sold in the fourth quarter of 1993. These declines in revenues were offset by
increased revenues in the Original Equipment Components segment and the
inclusion of lease financing revenues since June 1993 when the SPX Credit
Corporation was formed.
 
     Revenues of Specialty Service Tools were down $36.0 million principally
from reduced sales of refrigerant recovery and recycling systems. In 1992,
revenues benefited from approximately $60.0 million of incremental sales of
HFC134a refrigerant recovery and recycling systems to franchised automotive
dealerships as many original equipment manufacturers required their dealerships
to purchase this equipment. The balance of Specialty Service Tools revenues was
up in 1993 due to higher essential tool programs, improved general U.S. economic
conditions, increased sales of electronic hand-held diagnostic equipment and the
June 1993 acquisition of Allen Testproducts.
 
     Revenues of Original Equipment Components were up significantly from 1992
as more automatic transmissions incorporated the company's electronic solenoid
valve. Management believes that revenues from these valves will continue to
increase as more automatic transmissions begin to incorporate these valves.
Beginning in 1994, revenues of SPT and SP Europe will be included in this
segment.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
  Gross Profit
 
     Gross profit was $248.1 million, or 32.8% of revenues, in 1993 compared to
$268.0 million, or 33.5% of revenues, in 1992. The decrease in gross margin in
1993 relates to the reduction in higher margin refrigerant recovery and
recycling equipment sales and the related higher manufacturing volumes, certain
costs and redundancies incurred during the integration of Bear Automotive and
Allen Testproducts and increased sales of solenoid valves which carry a lower
gross margin. Inclusion of lease financing revenues increased the gross margin
in 1993, as such revenues do not have a related cost of sales. In 1992, the
effect of inventory reductions resulted in a $1.8 million decrease in costs
related to LIFO inventory liquidations compared to $0.5 million in 1993.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expense
 
     Selling, general and administrative expense ("SG&A") was $207.6 million, or
27.5% of revenues, in 1993 compared to $209.9 million, or 26.2% of revenues, in
1992. In 1993, expense was down from 1992 primarily due to the divestitures of
SPR and Truth in the fourth quarter and the impact of the new ESOP accounting
method. In 1993, the interest on the ESOP debt was classified as "interest
expense, net" ($3.9 million), whereas, in 1992, the majority of this amount was
included in SG&A. Offsetting these reductions was the acquisition of Allen
Testproducts in June, a business with relatively high SG&A as a percentage of
revenues.
 
 Operating Income (Loss)
 
     The following is operating income (loss) by business segment:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR
                                                             -----------------      INCREASE
                                                              1993       1992      (DECREASE)
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
    Specialty Service Tools................................  $(11.7)    $ 51.7       $(63.4)
    Original Equipment Components..........................   (46.5)      (7.0)       (39.5)
    SPX Credit Corporation.................................     5.5         --          5.5
    Businesses Sold in 1993................................    25.2       21.5          3.7
    General Corporate......................................   (15.4)     (17.1)         1.7
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
              Total........................................  $(42.9)    $ 49.1       $(92.0)
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
</TABLE>
 
     Overall operating income (loss) was significantly reduced by the $27.5
million restructuring charge recorded in 1993. Excluding this restructuring
charge, 1993 operating loss would have been $15.4 million compared to $49.1
million of income in 1992. This decrease is associated with lower sales of
refrigerant recovery and recycling systems and integration costs at Automotive
Diagnostics and SPT and SP Europe equity losses.
 
     Specialty Service Tools incurred an $11.7 million loss in 1993, which
includes a $27.5 million restructuring charge for the combination of Bear
Automotive and Allen Testproducts into the new Automotive Diagnostics division
(see following paragraph). Excluding the restructuring charge, 1993 operating
income would have been $15.8 million compared to $51.7 million of income in
1992. This decrease is associated with lower sales of refrigerant recovery and
recycling systems and other integration costs at Automotive Diagnostics.
 
     The $27.5 million restructuring charge to combine the businesses into the
Automotive Diagnostics division was recorded in the third quarter of 1993. Of
the $27.5 million restructuring charge, approximately $16.0 million relates to
work force reductions and associated costs. The combined businesses started with
approximately 2,200 employees. That number was reduced to 1,800 at December 31,
1993 and will be at approximately 1,700 by the end of the second quarter of
1994. The charge also included $9.3 million of facility duplication and shutdown
costs, including the write down of excess assets of $4.2 million (non-cash). The
balance of the reserves at December 31, 1993 was approximately $14.5 million,
which is principally required for remaining work force reduction and facility
closing costs.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
     Original Equipment Components' 1993 operating loss includes SPT equity
losses of $26.9 million and SP Europe equity losses of $21.5 million. Offsetting
these losses, to some extent, were the improved results of the Company's
electronic solenoid valve operation.
 
  Interest Expense, net
 
     Interest expense, net, was $17.8 million in 1993 compared to $15.1 million
in 1992. Interest costs have been decreasing since 1991 due to favorable rates
and overall lower average borrowing levels. In 1993, interest expense increased
by $3.9 million when compared to 1992 and 1991 levels as new accounting for the
company's ESOP now recognizes the interest element on the ESOP debt. Prior to
1993, this expense was classified as administrative expense. The interest
element on ESOP debt in 1992 and 1991, which was included in administrative
expense, was $4.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively.
 
  Gain on Sale of Businesses
 
     A $105.4 million pretax gain on the sales of the Sealed Power Replacement
division ($52.4 million) and the Truth division ($53 million) was recorded
during the fourth quarter. The operating results of these units were included
through their dates of divestiture, October 22, 1993 for SPR and November 5,
1993 for Truth. The combined aftertax gain was $64.2 million or $5.09 per share.
 
  Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
 
     The company's 1993 effective income tax rate for 1993 was 66% compared to
39.5% in 1992. The primary item affecting the 1993 rate was the inability to tax
benefit the $21.5 million of SP Europe's equity losses as its foreign
subsidiaries are in net operating loss carryforward positions. Also affecting
the 1993 rate were certain items within the Automotive Diagnostics restructuring
charge not being tax benefited and the cumulative effect of adjusting net
deferred tax liabilities for the 1993 change in the U.S. federal income tax rate
from 34% to 35%. The 1992 rate reflects a normal effective income tax rate.
 
  Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Methods, net of Taxes
 
     In 1993 and 1992, the company adopted three new accounting methods relating
to its ESOP, postretirement benefits other than pensions, and income taxes. See
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed explanation of
these changes.
 
  Extraordinary Loss, net of Taxes
 
     During the fourth quarter of 1993, the company determined to refinance both
SPX and SPT debt. As a result, the company recorded an extraordinary charge of
$37.0 million ($24.0 million aftertax) for costs associated with the early
retirement of $415.0 million (principal amount) of debt expected to be
refinanced. The aggregate amount to retire this indebtedness, including existing
unamortized debt placement fees, will be $452.0 million.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
  31, 1991
 
  Revenues
 
     The following are revenues by business segment:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   INCREASE
                                                              YEAR                (DECREASE)
                                                        -----------------     ------------------
                                                         1992       1991      AMOUNT     PERCENT
                                                        ------     ------     ------     -------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
    Specialty Service Tools..........................   $539.6     $430.1     $109.5      25.5%
    Original Equipment Components....................     15.2        7.8        7.4       94.9
    Businesses Sold in 1993..........................    246.4      235.6       10.8        4.6
                                                        ------     ------     ------
              Total..................................   $801.2     $673.5     $127.7       19.0
                                                        ------     ------     ------
                                                        ------     ------     ------
</TABLE>
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
     Overall revenues increased principally from increases within the Specialty
Service Tools segment.
 
     Specialty Service Tools revenues increased over 1991 due to an increase of
approximately $100 million in sales of refrigerant recovery and recycling
systems. The segment also benefited from higher sales to franchised vehicle
dealerships, the result of new model vehicle introductions and improved general
economic conditions.
 
     Revenues of Original Equipment Components were up significantly from 1991
as more automatic transmissions incorporated the company's electronic solenoid
valve.
 
  Gross Profit
 
     Gross profit was $268.0 million, or 33.5% of revenues, in 1992 compared to
$211.8 million, or 31.5% of revenues, in 1991. This improvement as a percentage
of revenues was primarily attributable to higher production activity and related
cost absorption, previous cost reduction programs (including the closure of a
plant in Arkansas), and general sales mix shift towards higher margin products
than in 1991. In 1992, the effect of inventory reductions resulted in a $1.8
million decrease in costs related to LIFO inventory liquidation.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expense
 
     Selling, general and administrative expense was $209.9 million, or 26.2% of
revenues, in 1992 compared to $194.0 million, or 28.8% of revenues, in 1991. The
primary reason for the increase was the variable selling costs associated with
the higher revenues. However, several other factors also contributed to the
increase, including increases in health care costs, costs associated with an
unsuccessful acquisition effort and the higher current year costs associated
with adoption of SFAS No. 106 -- "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement
Benefits Other Than Pensions."
 
  Operating Income (Loss)
 
     The following is operating income (loss) by business segment:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR
                                                             -----------------      INCREASE
                                                              1992       1991      (DECREASE)
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
    Specialty Service Tools................................  $ 51.7     $  3.3       $ 48.4
    Original Equipment Components..........................    (7.0)     (15.0)         8.0
    Businesses Sold in 1993................................    21.5       20.0          1.5
    General Corporate......................................   (17.1)     (20.2)         3.1
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
              Total........................................  $ 49.1     $(11.9)      $ 61.0
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
                                                             ------     ------     ----------
</TABLE>
 
     Operating losses in 1991 were impacted by a $18.2 million special charge
(discussed below). Excluding this special charge, 1991 operating income would
have been $6.3 million compared to $49.1 million in 1992. The significant
increase was principally due to income related to the incremental sales of
refrigerant recovery and recycling systems as well as generally improved sales
of specialty service tools.
 
     Specialty Service Tools' 1991 operating income was impacted by a special
charge of $12.5 million related to organizational and facility consolidation of
two operating units and the writeoff of certain capitalized computer software
development costs due to conceptual changes in future product offerings. Without
the special charge, 1991 operating income would have been $15.9 million compared
to $51.7 million in 1992. In 1992, operating income increased primarily from
approximately $100 million of incremental sales of refrigerant recovery and
recycling systems as well as generally improved sales of specialty service
tools.
 
     Original Equipment Components' operating losses decreased due to
improvements at the company's solenoid valve operation and due to reduced SPT
equity losses (a $2.4 million loss in 1992 compared to an $8.5 million loss in
1991). Also, 1991 operating losses included a $2.6 million special charge for
the start-up related reduced value of RSV, a joint venture with Riken, which
produces solenoid valves for the Asia Pacific Rim market.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
     General corporate expenses in 1991 included a $3.0 million special charge
related to losses on certain project development investments and notes
receivable related to previous business unit sales.
 
  Interest Expense, net
 
     Interest expense, net, was $15.1 million in 1992 and $16.8 million in 1991
due primarily to lower short-term interest rates.
 
  Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
 
     The company's 1992 effective income tax rate was 39.5% compared to a 25.0%
benefit in 1991. The 1992 rate represents a normal effective income tax rate.
The 1991 rate of benefit was the result of the company not recognizing a
deferred tax benefit on some cost elements included in the special charge
recorded that year, as future tax realization was uncertain.
 
  Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Methods, net of Taxes
 
     In 1992, the company adopted two new accounting methods relating to
postretirement benefits other than pensions, and income taxes. See Note 2 to the
consolidated financial statements for a detailed explanation of these changes.
 
LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
     The company's liquidity needs arise primarily from capital investment in
new equipment, funding working capital requirements and meeting interest costs.
 
     As a result of the company's acquisition activity in 1993, the company will
be more leveraged than in the past. This financial leverage will require
management to focus on cash flows to meet higher interest costs and to maintain
dividends. Management believes that operations and the credit arrangements
established will be sufficient to supply the future funds needed by the company.
 
     Management also believes that improvements in operations accomplished in
1993, coupled with completion of other cost reduction activities begun in 1993,
will improve the cash flows of the company.
 
  Cash Flow
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR
                                                               ----------------------------
                                                                1993       1992       1991
                                                               ------     ------     ------
                                                                      (IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
    Cash flows from operating activities.....................  $ 25.3     $ 67.5     $ 67.4
    Cash flows from investing activities.....................    44.3      (24.9)     (34.9)
    Cash flows from financing activities.....................    38.5      (44.0)     (33.9)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
              Net cash flow..................................  $108.1     $ (1.4)    $ (1.4)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
                                                               ------     ------     ------
</TABLE>
 
     Operating cash flow was significantly lower in 1993 than in 1992 due to
lower operating earnings, the cash utilization of the Automotive Diagnostics
division restructuring reserve, higher tax payments and increases in the amount
of lease receivables.
 
     Cash flows from investing activities in 1993 reflected the net proceeds
from the divestiture of SPR and Truth of approximately $189 million and the
purchase of Allen Testproducts and Allen Group Leasing for approximately $102
million. In addition, 1993 included $19.9 million of advances to SP Europe prior
to it being consolidated into the company's balance sheet compared to $3.1
million in 1992. In 1991, the $12.1 million purchase of Miller Special Tools and
$5.0 million invested in SPT were included.
 
     Cash flows from financing activities reflected $37.7 million of debt
reduction in 1992 compared to $44.0 million of additional borrowings in 1993. In
1991 a $24.2 million debt reduction was achieved.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
     The resulting $108.1 million in 1993 cash flow was reflected in the
year-end cash and temporary cash investment balance. A significant portion of
this cash balance was utilized during the first quarter of 1994 to complete the
acquisition of SPT and to refinance certain SPX debt.
 
  Capitalization
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                                                         -----------------
                                                                          1993       1992
                                                                         ------     ------
                                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
    Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt.............  $ 94.0     $ 14.0
    Long-term debt.....................................................   336.2      160.3
                                                                         ------     ------
              Total Debt...............................................  $430.2     $174.3
    Shareholders' equity...............................................   145.4      185.5
                                                                         ------     ------
    Total Capitalization...............................................  $575.6     $359.8
                                                                         ------     ------
                                                                         ------     ------
    Total debt to capitalization ratio.................................   74.7%      48.4%
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1993, the company's total debt was composed of existing SPX
debt of $220.0 million and of SPT debt of $210.2 million. In March 1994, the
company extinguished approximately $205 million of the SPX debt by utilizing its
existing cash balance and a portion of the new $250 million revolving credit
facility. As of March 1994, the SPT debt remains outstanding.
 
     In March 1994, the company initiated the process to issue $260 million in
senior subordinated notes. The issuance is expected to be completed before the
end of the second quarter of 1994. At that time, the outstanding SPT debt will
be extinguished using the proceeds from this offering. The December 31, 1993
unaudited pro forma presentation that follows assumes that both the revolving
credit facility and the senior subordinated notes were available (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       CASH         DEBT
                                                                      ------       -------
    <S>                                                               <C>          <C>
    Actual at December 31, 1993...................................... $117.8       $ 430.2
      Payment to purchase 49% of SPT.................................  (39.0)           --
      Transaction and early extinguishment fees......................  (26.6)           --
      Use of existing cash to pay SPX debt...........................  (39.5)        (39.5)
      Payment of SPX debt with new revolver..........................     --        (165.3)
      Borrowings under new revolver..................................     --         165.3
                                                                      ------       -------
    Pro forma December 31, 1993 after Bank borrowings................ $ 12.7       $ 390.7
      Transaction and early extinguishment fees paid using new
         revolver....................................................     --          19.5
      Payment of SPT debt............................................     --        (210.2)
      Reduction of new revolver......................................     --         (49.8)
      Proceeds from sale of senior subordinated notes................     --         260.0
                                                                      ------       -------
    Pro forma December 31, 1993 after senior subordinated notes...... $ 12.7       $ 410.2
                                                                      ------       -------
                                                                      ------       -------
</TABLE>
 
     On an unaudited pro forma basis, the following summarizes the debt
outstanding and unused credit availability:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         UNUSED
                                                           TOTAL         AMOUNT          CREDIT
                                                         COMMITMENT    OUTSTANDING    AVAILABILITY
                                                         ----------    -----------    ------------
                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>
    Revolving Credit....................................   $225.0        $ 135.0         $ 90.0
    Senior Subordinated Notes...........................    260.0          260.0             --
    Industrial Revenue Bonds............................     15.2           15.2             --
                                                         ----------    -----------       ------
              Total.....................................   $500.2        $ 410.2         $ 90.0
                                                         ----------    -----------       ------
                                                         ----------    -----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
     After completion of this refinancing, management believes that the
additional availability of borrowings is sufficient to meet operational cash
requirements, working capital requirements and capital expenditures planned for
1994.
 
     If the notes are not issued, the revolving credit facility commitment will
remain at $250 million and be secured by the company's assets (excluding SPT)
and the SPT debt will remain outstanding. The combination of the unused SPX
revolver availability of $85 million and SPT unused credit availability of $46
million at December 31, 1993, would be sufficient to cover the company's 1994
operational cash requirements, working capital requirements and capital
expenditures.
 
  Capital Expenditures
 
     Capital expenditures were $15.1 million in 1993, $20.4 million in 1992 and
$19.4 million in 1991. Management expects to continue to incur incremental
capital expenditures to develop new products, improve product and service
quality, and expand the business. With the consummation of the purchase of SPT,
capital expenditures will increase due to SPT's capital intensity. SPT's capital
expenditures, net were $17.8 million in 1993, $12.9 million in 1992 and $13.1
million in 1991. Capital expenditures planned in 1994 for the company (including
SPT) are approximately $45 million. Significant projects include expanded
cylinder sleeve manufacturing capabilities, an additional solenoid valve
production line and a facility expansion at a major manufacturing plant.
Management estimates that annual capital expenditures of approximately $15
million are required to maintain the company's (including SPT) current
operations.
 
  Acquisitions and Divestitures
 
     After the acquisition and divestiture activity in 1993, management does not
foresee any significant acquisitions or divestitures. Flexibility is available
under the company's new revolving credit agreement to allow for strategically
oriented acquisitions that directly complement the company's existing
businesses.
 
SEASONALITY, WORKING CAPITAL AND CYCLICALITY
 
     The majority of the company's revenues are not subject to seasonal
variation. Revenues of the Original Equipment Components segment are
predominantly dependent upon domestic and foreign vehicle production which is
cyclical and dependent on general economic conditions and other factors.
Revenues of the Specialty Service Tools segment are dependent upon the frequency
of new vehicle introductions and the general economic status of vehicle
dealerships and aftermarket maintenance facilities. These factors can,
therefore, affect the company's working capital requirements. However, because
the company receives production forecasts and new vehicle introduction
information from original equipment manufacturers, the company is able to
anticipate and manage these requirements.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
     The company believes that inflation has not had a significant impact on
operations during the period 1991 through 1993 in any of the countries in which
the company operates.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
     Accounting Pronouncements -- As of the beginning of 1994, the company must
adopt Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, No. 112, "Employers'
Accounting for Postemployment Benefits." This standard requires that the cost of
benefits provided to former or inactive employees be recognized on the accrual
basis of accounting. The company does not anticipate that this standard will
materially impact its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.
 
     Automotive Diagnostics -- At December 31, 1993, $74 million of goodwill
relates to the Automotive Diagnostics division (which is composed of Bear
Automotive and Allen Testproducts, which was acquired in 1993). This division
has incurred significant operating losses in 1993 and in prior years. The
company projects that, in the near future, the cost savings, market synergies
and other factors which, in part, will be realized
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
from the Bear Automotive and Allen Testproducts combination will result in
non-discounted operating income sufficient to exceed goodwill amortization.
However, should such projections require downward revision based on changed
events or circumstances, this division's goodwill may require writedown.
Although having no cash flow impact, the resulting charge, if any, could
materially reduce the company's future reported results of operations and
shareholders' equity. At this time, based upon present information, projections
and strategic plans, the company has concluded that there has been no permanent
impairment of the Automotive Diagnostic division's tangible or intangible
assets.
 
     Tax Settlement -- During the fourth quarter of 1993, the company settled a
dispute with the Internal Revenue Service regarding the company's tax deferred
treatment of the 1989 transaction in which several operating units were
contributed to SPT. The settlement of approximately $5 million in tax eliminates
the IRS contention that one-half of the 1989 transaction was currently taxable.
The settlement and interest will be paid during the second quarter of 1994 and
is adequately provided for in the company's deferred income tax accounts.
 
     Actuarial Discount Rate -- At year-end 1993, the company (and SPT) reduced
the discount rate used for computation of pension and other postretirement
benefits to 7.5% from the previous 8.25%. This assumption change had no effect
on 1993 results of operations, but will increase expense in the future. The
company does not expect the increase to be material as certain other actuarial
assumptions, including salary growth and medical trend rates, were also modified
to reflect current experience. The future discount rate is subject to change as
long-term interest rates and other such factors warrant.
 
     Environmental -- The company's operations and products are subject to
federal, state and local regulatory requirements relating to environmental
protection. It is the company's policy to comply fully with all such applicable
requirements. As part of its effort to comply, management has established an
ongoing internal compliance auditing program which has been in place since 1989.
Based on current information, management believes that the company's operations
are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations
and the company is not aware of any violation that could have a material adverse
effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the
company. There can be no assurance, however, that currently unknown matters, new
laws and regulations, or stricter interpretations of existing laws and
regulations will not materially affect the company's business or operations in
the future. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for further
discussion.
 
     Foreign Net Operating Loss Carryforwards -- The company has foreign net
operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") of approximately $32.5 million as of
December 31, 1993. These NOLs are available to offset applicable future foreign
taxable income and, for the most part, expire in years after 1996. These NOLs
have been fully reserved through the valuation allowance due to uncertainty
regarding the ability to realize these tax assets.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................     23
Consolidated Financial Statements --
  Consolidated Balance Sheets -- December 31, 1993 and 1992...........................     24
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years ended December 31, 1993.......     25
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the three years ended December
     31, 1993.........................................................................     26
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 1993...     27
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..........................................     28
Schedules omitted
  No schedules are submitted because they are not applicable or not required or
     because the required information is included in the consolidated financial
     statements or notes thereto.
</TABLE>
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
  SPX Corporation:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SPX
CORPORATION (a Delaware corporation) AND SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 1993
and 1992, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1993. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of SPX Corporation and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
     As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective
January 1, 1993, the company changed its method of accounting for its Employee
Stock Ownership Plan and Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership changed
its method of accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions and
effective January 1, 1992, the company changed its methods of accounting for
postretirement benefits other than pensions and for income taxes.
 
                                            ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
 
Chicago, Illinois,
March 25, 1994.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       ----------------------
                                                                         1993          1992
                                                                       ---------     --------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and temporary cash investments................................  $ 117,843     $  9,729
  Receivables (Note 12)..............................................    123,081       84,931
  Lease finance receivables -- current portion (Note 21).............     33,834           --
  Inventories (Note 13)..............................................    159,223      171,622
  Deferred income tax asset and refunds (Note 14)....................     54,489       18,601
  Prepaid and other current assets...................................     29,726       22,796
                                                                       ---------     --------
          Total current assets.......................................  $ 518,196     $307,679
INVESTMENTS (Note 15)................................................     13,446        2,156
PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT, at cost (Note 16)....................  $ 367,832     $218,105
  Less: Accumulated depreciation.....................................    169,687      101,310
                                                                       ---------     --------
     Net property, plant, and equipment..............................  $ 198,145     $116,795
OTHER ASSETS.........................................................     39,452       38,835
LEASE FINANCE RECEIVABLES -- LONG-TERM (Note 21).....................     51,013           --
COSTS IN EXCESS OF NET ASSETS OF BUSINESSES ACQUIRED (Note 17).......    204,149       94,863
                                                                       ---------     --------
TOTAL ASSETS.........................................................  $1,024,401    $560,328
                                                                       ---------     --------
                                                                       ---------     --------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt (Note 19)...  $  93,975     $ 13,999
  Accounts payable...................................................     62,968       49,956
  Accrued liabilities (Note 27)......................................    229,998       54,177
  Income taxes payable (Note 14).....................................     11,864        7,375
                                                                       ---------     --------
          Total current liabilities..................................  $ 398,805     $125,507
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES (Note 10)......................................    123,235       18,931
SPT EQUITY LOSSES IN EXCESS OF INVESTMENT (Note 5)...................         --       15,904
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 14)......................................     20,787       54,176
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 18)..............................
LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 19).............................................    336,187      160,320
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, no par value, authorized 3,000,000 shares; no
     shares issued (Note 20).........................................         --           --
  Common stock, $10 par value, authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued
     15,555,835 in 1993 and 15,535,978 in 1992 (Note 20).............    155,558      155,360
  Paid in capital....................................................     58,926       60,199
  Retained earnings..................................................     20,282       65,732
                                                                       ---------     --------
                                                                       $ 234,766     $281,291
  LESS: Common stock held in treasury (Note 20)......................     50,000       50,000
          Unearned compensation -- ESOP (Note 10)....................     35,900       44,181
          Minority interest (Note 9).................................      1,080           --
          Cumulative translation adjustments.........................      2,399        1,620
                                                                       ---------     --------
          Total shareholders' equity.................................  $ 145,387     $185,490
                                                                       ---------     --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY...........................  $1,024,401    $560,328
                                                                       ---------     --------
                                                                       ---------     --------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                              1993          1992         1991
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                                      SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>          <C>
REVENUES (Note 3).........................................  $ 756,145     $801,169     $673,468
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of products sold...................................    508,032      533,169      461,626
  Selling, general, and administrative expense............    207,607      209,945      193,943
  Other expense, net......................................      7,524        6,594        3,046
  Restructuring and special charges (Note 9)..............     27,500           --       18,200
  SPT equity losses (Note 5)..............................     26,845        2,407        8,532
  SP Europe equity losses (Note 15).......................     21,500           --           --
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)...................................  $ (42,863)    $ 49,054     $(11,879)
  Interest expense, net...................................     17,882       15,061       16,853
  (Gain) on sale of businesses (Note 6)...................   (105,400)          --           --
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
  CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING METHODS AND EXTRAORDINARY LOSS.....  $  44,655     $ 33,993     $(28,732)
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 14)............  $  29,455     $ 13,433     $ (7,172)
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN
  ACCOUNTING METHODS AND EXTRAORDINARY LOSS...............  $  15,200     $ 20,560     $(21,560)
  CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING METHODS, NET
     OF TAXES (Note 2)....................................  $ (31,800)    $ (5,700)    $     --
  EXTRAORDINARY LOSS, NET OF TAXES (Note 8)...............  $ (24,000)    $     --     $     --
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
NET INCOME (LOSS).........................................  $ (40,600)    $ 14,860     $(21,560)
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK:
  Before cumulative effect of change in accounting methods
     and extraordinary loss...............................  $    1.20     $   1.48     $  (1.56)
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting methods,
     net of taxes.........................................      (2.52)       (0.41)          --
  Extraordinary loss, net of taxes........................      (1.90)          --           --
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
  Net income (loss).......................................  $   (3.22)    $   1.07     $  (1.56)
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
                                                            ---------     --------     --------
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (Note
  1)......................................................  12,604,000    13,856,000   13,828,000
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    COMMON
                                                   STOCK $10     PAID IN     RETAINED
                                                   PAR VALUE     CAPITAL     EARNINGS      OTHER
                                                   ---------     -------     --------     --------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
PREVIOUSLY REPORTED BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1990...  $ 154,585     $59,976     $ 93,453     $(91,530)
  1989 and 1990 restatement (Note 5).............         --          --       (6,378)          --
                                                   ---------     -------     --------     --------
RESTATED BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1990..............  $ 154,585     $59,976     $ 87,075     $(91,530)
  Net loss.......................................         --          --      (21,560)          --
  Cash dividends ($.70 per share)................         --          --       (9,679)          --
  Earned ESOP shares.............................         --          --           --        1,823
  Tax benefit on dividends paid to ESOP trust....         --          --          378           --
  Translation adjustment.........................         --          --           --         (492)
  Vesting of restricted stock....................         --          --           --          113
  Issuance of restricted stock...................        120          32           --         (152)
                                                   ---------     -------     --------     --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1991.......................  $ 154,705     $60,008     $ 56,214     $(90,238)
  Net income.....................................         --          --       14,860           --
  Cash dividends ($.40 per share)................         --          --       (5,541)          --
  Net shares sold under stock option plans.......        655         191           --           --
  Earned ESOP shares.............................         --          --           --        2,044
  Tax benefit on dividends paid to ESOP trust....         --          --          199           --
  Translation adjustment.........................         --          --           --       (7,742)
  Vesting of restricted stock....................         --          --           --          135
                                                   ---------     -------     --------     --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1992.......................  $ 155,360     $60,199     $ 65,732     $(95,801)
  Net loss.......................................         --          --      (40,600)          --
  Cash dividends ($.40 per share)................         --          --       (5,040)          --
  Net shares sold under stock option plans.......        198          82           --           --
  Earned ESOP shares.............................         --      (1,355)          --        3,046
  Tax benefit on dividends paid to ESOP trust....         --          --          190           --
  Minority interest in SP Europe.................         --          --           --       (1,080)
  Translation adjustment.........................         --          --           --         (779)
  Cumulative effect of change in ESOP accounting
     method, net of taxes (Note 2)...............         --          --           --        5,100
  Vesting of restricted stock....................         --          --           --          135
                                                   ---------     -------     --------     --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993.......................  $ 155,558     $58,926     $ 20,282     $(89,379)
                                                   ---------     -------     --------     --------
                                                   ---------     -------     --------     --------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                1993         1992        1991
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: (Note 22).............  $  25,285    $ 67,489    $ 67,449
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Payments for purchase of Miller Tools.......................  $      --    $     --    $(12,100)
Investment in SPT...........................................         --          --      (5,000)
Investment in SP Europe.....................................    (19,900)     (3,117)     (1,272)
Investment in RSV...........................................         --      (2,618)         --
Payments for purchase of ATP and AGL........................   (101,957)         --          --
Payments for purchase of Lowener GmbH.......................     (7,014)         --          --
Net proceeds from sale of SPR division......................    117,516          --          --
Net proceeds from sale of Truth division....................     71,562          --          --
Capital expenditures........................................    (15,116)    (20,351)    (19,428)
Sale of property, plant and equipment, net..................       (797)      1,169       2,874
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
Net cash provided (used) for investing activities...........  $  44,294    $(24,917)   $(34,926)
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net (payments) borrowings under line of credit agreement....  $ (17,000)   $(19,000)   $(20,000)
Long-term borrowings........................................     19,937          --          --
Payments of long-term debt..................................    (12,207)    (16,544)     (4,493)
Increase (decrease) in notes payable and current maturities
  of long-term debt.........................................     53,283      (2,141)        244
Dividends paid..............................................     (5,040)     (5,541)     (9,679)
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
Net cash provided (used) for financing activities...........  $  38,973    $(43,226)   $(33,928)
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
Net cash provided (used)....................................  $ 108,552    $   (654)   $ (1,405)
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.....................  $    (438)   $   (757)   $     --
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and temporary cash
  investments...............................................  $ 108,114    $ (1,411)   $ (1,405)
Cash and temporary cash investments, beginning of period....      9,729      11,140      12,545
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
Cash and temporary cash investments, end of period..........  $ 117,843    $  9,729    $ 11,140
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
                                                              ---------    --------    --------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flows information:
  Cash payments for interest................................  $  18,347    $ 16,124    $ 16,425
  Cash payments (refunds), net for income taxes.............  $  40,454    $    110    $ (2,040)
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     The accounting and financial policies which affect significant elements of
the consolidated financial statements of SPX Corporation (the "company") and
which are not apparent on the face of the statements, or in other notes to the
consolidated financial statements, are described below.
 
     Restatement -- As a result of the company's purchase of Riken Corporation's
     interest in Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership ("SPT") as of
     December 31, 1993, prior years' consolidated financial statements have been
     restated to reflect the company's 49% share of SPT's earnings or losses for
     prior years (see Note 5).
 
     Consolidation -- The consolidated financial statements include the accounts
     of the company and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries after the
     elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions.
 
     Foreign Currency Translation -- Translation of significant subsidiaries
     results in unrealized translation adjustments being reflected as cumulative
     translation adjustment in shareholders' equity.
 
     Lease Finance Income Recognition -- The company's lease financing
     operation, SPX Credit Corporation, uses the direct financing method of
     accounting for leases. Under this method, the excess of future lease
     payments and estimated residual value over the cost of equipment leased is
     recorded as unearned income and is recognized over the life of the lease by
     the effective interest method.
 
     Deferred Service Revenue -- Revenue from service contracts and long-term
     maintenance arrangements has been deferred and will be recognized as
     revenue on a pro rata basis over the agreement periods.
 
     Research and Development Costs -- The company expenses currently all costs
     for development of products. Research and developments costs were $17.6
     million in 1993, $14.7 million in 1992, and $13.1 million in 1991.
 
     Earnings Per Share -- Primary earnings per share is computed by dividing
     net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.
     Common shares outstanding includes issued shares less shares held in
     treasury and, in 1993, unallocated and uncommitted shares held by the ESOP
     trust. The exclusion of unallocated and uncommitted shares held by the ESOP
     trust in 1993 is due to the company's adoption of Statement of Position
     93-6 (see Note 2). Prior to 1993, unallocated and uncommitted shares held
     by the ESOP trust were included in weighted average number of common shares
     outstanding used for calculating earnings per share. Average weighted
     unallocated and uncommitted shares in the ESOP trust were 1,361,000 shares
     at the end of 1992 and 1,476,000 shares at the end of 1991. The potential
     dilutive effect from the exercise of stock options is not material.
 
(2) CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING METHODS
 
     In 1993 and 1992, the company adopted three new accounting methods relating
to its Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"), postretirement benefits, and
income taxes. The effect of the change to these new accounting methods has been
reflected in the consolidated statements of income as "Cumulative effect of
change in accounting methods, net of taxes."
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, the company elected to adopt new accounting for
its ESOP in accordance with Statement of Position 93-6 of the Accounting
Standards Division of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,
issued in November of 1993. As part of this change, the company recorded a one
time cumulative charge of $5.1 million pretax, or $3.3 million aftertax. This
charge recognizes the cumulative difference of expense since the inception of
the ESOP until January 1, 1993 to reflect the shares allocated
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
method of accounting for ESOPs. As the company adopted this accounting change in
the fourth quarter of 1993, previously reported 1993 quarterly information has
been restated to reflect the change effective January 1, 1993. See Note 10 for
further discussion of the effect of this change.
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, SPT adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 106 -- "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits
Other Than Pensions", using the immediate recognition transition option. SFAS
No. 106 requires recognition, during the employees' service with the company, of
the cost of their retiree health and life insurance benefits. At that date, the
full accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was $89.5 million pretax. The
company recorded its 49% share of this transition obligation, $28.5 million, net
of deferred taxes of $15.4 million in the first quarter.
 
     Effective January 1, 1992, the company adopted SFAS No. 106 using the
immediate recognition transition option. At January 1, 1992, the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation was $16.8 million and was recorded as a pretax
transition obligation. The decrease in net earnings and shareholders' equity was
$10.7 million after a deferred tax benefit of $6.1 million.
 
     Effective January 1, 1992, the company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 -- "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under SFAS
No. 109, deferred tax balances are stated at tax rates expected to be in effect
when taxes are actually paid or recovered. The cumulative effect of adoption as
of January 1, 1992 was a $5.0 million aftertax benefit.
 
     As of the beginning of 1994, the company must adopt Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards, No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment
Benefits." This standard requires that the cost of benefits provided to former
or inactive employees be recognized on the accrual basis of accounting. The
company does not anticipate that this standard will materially impact its
financial position or results of operations upon adoption.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(3) SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
 
     The company is comprised of three business segments. Specialty Service
Tools includes operations that design, manufacture and market a wide range of
specialty service tools and diagnostic equipment primarily to the global motor
vehicle industry. Original Equipment Components includes operations that design,
manufacture and market component parts for light and heavy duty vehicle markets.
SPX Credit Corporation, a lease financing operation, provides Specialty Service
Tools customers with a leasing option for purchasing more expensive diagnostic
testing, emission testing, and wheel service equipment. SPX Credit Corporation
was created with the purchase of Allen Group Leasing in June of 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      BUSINESS SEGMENTS                           1993        1992       1991
- --------------------------------------------------------------  ---------   --------   --------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Specialty Service Tools.....................................  $ 503,600   $539,619   $430,074
  Original Equipment Components...............................     26,657     15,154      7,764
  SPX Credit Corporation......................................      8,974         --         --
  Businesses sold in 1993.....................................    216,914    246,396    235,630
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $ 756,145   $801,169   $673,468
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
Operating income (loss):
  Specialty Service Tools (a).................................  $ (11,748)  $ 51,680   $  3,302
  Original Equipment Components (b)...........................    (46,477)    (7,053)   (14,946)
  SPX Credit Corporation......................................      5,483         --         --
  Businesses sold in 1993.....................................     25,249     21,531     20,005
  General corporate expenses..................................    (15,370)   (17,104)   (20,240)
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................    (42,863)  $ 49,054   $(11,879)
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
Identifiable Assets:
  Specialty Service Tools.....................................  $ 383,295   $347,763   $355,736
  Original Equipment Components (Note 5)......................    343,816     21,771     19,301
  SPX Credit Corporation......................................     85,165         --         --
  Businesses sold in 1993.....................................         --    110,450    124,157
  General corporate (c).......................................    212,125     80,344     80,149
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $1,024,401  $560,328   $579,343
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
Capital expenditures:
  Specialty Service Tools.....................................  $   7,479   $  6,823   $ 10,515
  Original Equipment Components...............................      1,014      3,944      3,477
  SPX Credit Corporation......................................         --         --         --
  Businesses sold in 1993.....................................      6,439      9,584      4,975
  General corporate...........................................        184         --        461
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $  15,116   $ 20,351   $ 19,428
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
Depreciation and amortization:
  Specialty Service Tools.....................................  $  14,485   $ 14,960   $ 15,312
  Original Equipment Components...............................      1,796      1,487      1,160
  SPX Credit Corporation......................................         --         --         --
  Businesses sold in 1993.....................................      7,462      8,383      6,966
  General corporate...........................................        627        447        333
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $  24,370   $ 25,277   $ 23,771
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
- ---------------
 
(a) 1993 includes a $27.5 million restructuring charge to merge Allen
    Testproducts and Bear Automotive into Automotive Diagnostics.
 
(b) 1993 includes $26.9 million of SPT equity losses and $21.5 million of SP
    Europe equity losses.
 
(c) Increase in 1993 was primarily the additional $108.1 million in cash
    resulting from the SPR and Truth divestitures.
 
     Revenues by business segment represent sales to unconsolidated customers.
Intercompany sales between segments are not significant. Operating income (loss)
by segment does not include general unallocated corporate expense, interest
expense, income taxes and extraordinary items.
 
     Identifiable assets by business segment are those used in company
operations in each segment. General corporate assets are principally cash,
deferred tax assets, prepaid pension and prepaid health care expenses.
 
     Information about the company's operations in different geographic areas is
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1993        1992       1991
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>        <C>
Geographic Areas:
Revenues -- Unaffiliated customers:
  United States (a)...........................................  $ 637,143   $679,875   $544,103
  Other North America.........................................     21,719     24,593     25,623
  Other.......................................................     97,283     96,701    103,742
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $ 756,145   $801,169   $673,468
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
Revenues -- Between affiliated customers:
  United States...............................................  $  34,934   $ 33,757   $ 34,406
  Other North America.........................................         --         --         36
  Other.......................................................      1,708        312        229
  Eliminations................................................    (36,642)   (34,069)   (34,671)
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $      --   $     --   $     --
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
Operating income (loss):
  United States (b)...........................................  $ (19,549)  $ 47,304   $(17,084)
  Other North America.........................................       (192)     1,878        531
  Other (c)...................................................    (23,122)      (128)     4,674
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $ (42,863)  $ 49,054   $(11,879)
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
Total assets:
  United States (Note 5)......................................  $ 893,172   $466,995   $479,458
  Other North America.........................................      8,591     10,121     11,423
  Other (d)...................................................    122,638     83,212     88,462
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
          Total...............................................  $1,024,401  $560,328   $579,343
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
                                                                ---------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
- ---------------
 
(a) Included in the United States revenues are export sales to unconsolidated
    customers of $74.4 million in 1993, $64.0 million in 1992 and $55.4 million
    in 1991.
 
(b) 1993 includes a $27.5 million restructuring charge to merge Allen
    Testproducts and Bear Automotive into Automotive Diagnostics and $26.9
    million of SPT equity losses.
 
(c) 1993 includes $21.5 million of SP Europe equity losses.
 
(d) 1993 includes assets resulting from the consolidation of SP Europe and
    assets acquired in the Lowener purchase during the third quarter.
 
     Approximately 9% in 1993, 13% in 1992 and 9% in 1991 of the company's
consolidated sales were made to General Motors Corporation and its various
divisions, dealers and distributors. No other customer or group of customers
under common control accounted for more than 10% of consolidated sales for any
of these years. With the effect of the consolidation of SPT, the percentage
sales to General Motors will increase in the future. SPT's sales to General
Motors were 25% in 1993, 27% in 1992 and 31% in 1991. SPT's sales to Ford Motor
Company and its various divisions, dealers and distributors were 23% in 1993,
20% in 1992 and 15% in 1991. With the consolidation of SPT, sales to Ford should
exceed 10% of consolidated sales in the future.
 
(4) ACQUISITION -- ALLEN TESTPRODUCTS AND ALLEN GROUP LEASING
 
     On June 10, 1993, the company acquired the Allen Testproducts division
("ATP") and its related leasing company, Allen Group Leasing ("AGL"), from the
Allen Group, Inc. for $102 million. ATP is a manufacturer and marketer of
vehicular test and service equipment. This acquisition has been recorded using
the purchase method of accounting, and the results of ATP and AGL have been
included in the company's consolidated statement of income since June 10, 1993.
The purchase price has been allocated to the fair values of the net assets of
ATP and AGL. The purchase price allocations recorded are based upon estimates
available and may be revised at a later date. The excess of the purchase price
over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired of $16.3 million has
been recorded as costs in excess of net assets acquired and is being amortized
over the remaining life of goodwill from the 1988 acquisition of Bear Automotive
(approximately 35 years). The purchase price allocation was as follows (in
millions of dollars):
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                           <C>
    Current assets............................................................... $ 37.7
    Property, plant & equipment..................................................    7.5
    Leasing assets...............................................................   75.8
    Cost in excess of net assets acquired........................................   16.3
    Liabilities..................................................................  (35.3)
                                                                                  ------
              Total.............................................................. $102.0
                                                                                  ------
                                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
 
     Financing was obtained by a $50 million note with two banks, a $19.7
million, three year, 8%, note from the seller and the balance by utilizing the
company's existing revolving credit line.
 
     The acquired businesses have been combined with the company's Bear
Automotive division to form a single business unit called Automotive
Diagnostics. In the third quarter of 1993, the company recorded a pretax $27.5
million restructuring charge to provide for substantial reduction in work force
and facilities related to the combination. The restructuring charge was $18.5
million aftertax.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(5) ACQUISITION -- SEALED POWER TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("SPT")
 
     Effective December 31, 1993, the company acquired Riken Corporation's 49%
interest in SPT for $39 million. Additionally, SPT will redeem the 2% management
interest in SPT for $2.7 million. The company previously owned 49% of SPT.
Accordingly, the net assets of SPT have been included in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1993. Prior to this acquisition,
the company accounted for its investment using the equity method. Beginning in
the first quarter of 1994, the results of operations of SPT will be reflected in
the company's consolidated statements of income and cash flows.
 
     SPT designs and manufactures engine parts, castings and filters for the
automotive and heavy duty original equipment manufacturers ("OEM") and the
aftermarket. SPT was created in 1989 when the company contributed the Sealed
Power, Contech, Filtran and Hy-Lift divisions to the newly created limited
partnership. SPT obtained nonrecourse financing through a combination of bank
debt and a public offering of subordinated debentures. In exchange for the net
assets of the divisions contributed, the company received $245 million in cash
from the partnership and a 49% interest in the partnership. As the debt incurred
by SPT to fund this transaction was nonrecourse to the company, the company
previously recorded a pretax $91 million gain in 1989, in accordance with
guidance prescribed in Emerging Issues Task Force pronouncement 89-7. The cash
distribution to the company resulted in an initial partnership capital deficit.
SPT has had cumulative losses since its inception and, up to December 31, 1993,
the company had carried its investment in SPT at zero. Because the SPT debt was
nonrecourse, the company properly did not reflect its share of the equity losses
of SPT and did not amortize the difference between its investment balance and
its share of SPT's initial partnership capital deficit in its previously
reported financial statements.
 
     As a result of the acquisition of the remaining 51% of SPT, as of December
31, 1993, the company accounted for this transaction as follows:
 
     1. The company recorded this acquisition using step acquisition accounting.
        Step acquisition accounting requires that when the company previously
        did not record its share of SPT's losses because the company's
        investment was zero and now, as a result of additional ownership,
        consolidates SPT, the company must retroactively reflect its share of
        SPT losses not previously recorded. Accordingly, the financial
        statements for the 1993 quarters and prior years were restated to record
        the company's previous 49% share of SPT's income or losses, the effect
        of amortizing the difference between its investment balance and its
        share of SPT's initial partnership capital deficit and an adjustment
        required to record the company's previous investment in SPT at
        historical cost.
 
     2. The 51% of SPT's net assets acquired has been included in the
        accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 1993 at
        estimated fair value based upon preliminary information which may be
        revised at a later date. The excess of the purchase price (including the
        acquired equity deficit of $87.9 million) over the estimated fair values
        of the net assets acquired was $97.1 million and has been recorded as
        costs in excess of net assets acquired and will be amortized over 40
        years.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     A summary of the purchase price allocation is as follows (in millions of
dollars):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            EXISTING     ACQUIRED
                                                              49%          51%         TOTAL
                                                            --------     --------     -------
    <S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
    Current assets......................................... $   37.5     $   39.2     $  76.7
    Property, plant and equipment..........................     44.8         66.6       111.4
    Other assets...........................................      6.7          7.0        13.7
    Cost in excess of net assets acquired..................       --         97.1        97.1
    Current liabilities....................................    (26.2)       (27.2)      (53.4)
    Deferred income taxes..................................       --         16.0        16.0
    Long term liabilities..................................    (47.7)       (49.8)      (97.5)
    Debt...................................................   (103.0)      (107.2)     (210.2)
                                                            --------     --------     -------
              Subtotal.....................................    (87.9)        41.7       (46.2)
    SPT equity losses in excess of investment*.............                    --        87.9
                                                                         --------     -------
              Purchase Price...............................              $   41.7     $  41.7
                                                                         --------     -------
                                                                         --------     -------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* Represents the cumulative restatement of equity losses, including the
  company's 49% share of the 1993 SPT adoption of SFAS No. 106, recorded by the
  company prior to the consolidation of the net assets of SPT at December 31,
  1993.
 
(6) DIVESTITURES
 
     During 1993, the company sold its Sealed Power Replacement and Truth
divisions.
 
          Sealed Power Replacement ("SPR") -- On October 22, 1993, the company
     sold SPR to Federal-Mogul Corporation for approximately $141 million in
     cash. SPR distributes engine and undervehicle parts into the U.S. and
     Canadian aftermarket. Net proceeds, after income taxes, were approximately
     $117.5 million. The company recorded a pretax gain of $52.4 million after
     transaction and facility reduction expenses, or $32.4 million aftertax. The
     proceeds were used to reduce a portion of the company's debt and the excess
     invested in short term investments.
 
          Truth -- On November 5, 1993, the company sold Truth to Danks America
     Corporation, an affiliate of FKI Industries, Inc. for approximately $92.5
     million in cash. In addition, the company will receive an annual royalty
     ranging from 1.0% to 1.5% of Truth's annual sales for a five year period
     following the closing (cumulatively not to exceed $7.5 million) which will
     be recorded as income as received. Truth manufactures and markets window
     and door hardware primarily in the U.S. and Canada. Net proceeds, after
     income taxes, were approximately $71.6 million. The company recorded a
     pretax gain of $53.0 million after transaction expenses, or $31.8 million
     aftertax. The proceeds were invested in short term investments.
 
     The final proceeds for these divestitures are based upon the closing
balance sheet of each business. Any changes in proceeds as a result of
adjustments to the closing balance sheets are not expected to be material.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(7) PRO FORMA RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The accompanying consolidated statements of income include the results of
operations of Allen Testproducts ("ATP") and Allen Group Leasing ("AGL") from
the date of acquisition, June 10, 1993, the results of the Sealed Power
Replacement ("SPR") division through the date of disposition, October 22, 1993,
the results of the Truth division through the date of disposition, November 5,
1993, the company's 49% share of the earnings or losses of SPT, and the equity
losses of SP Europe. The following 1993 unaudited pro forma selected financial
data reflects the acquisition of ATP and AGL and related restructuring, the
divestiture of the SPR and Truth divisions, the acquisition of 51% of SPT, and
the consolidation of SP Europe as if they had occurred as of January 1, 1993.
Pro forma adjustments are described below. The 1992 pro forma assumes that these
transactions occurred as of January 1, 1992 and comparable pro forma adjustments
were made.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              1993        1992
                                  1993      ATP &                                      SPT     PRO FORMA       PRO         PRO
                               HISTORICAL   AGL(A)   DIVESTITURES(B)   SP EUROPE(C)    (D)      ADJUST        FORMA       FORMA
                               ----------   ------   ---------------   ------------   ------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                            (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                            <C>          <C>      <C>               <C>            <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>
Revenues......................  $  756.1    $32.4        $(217.0)         $ 40.6      $391.6    $    --     $ 1,003.7   $ 1,042.9
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of products............     508.0     14.1         (147.0)           44.6       337.8       (6.8)(a)     752.7       746.4
                                                                                                    2.0(d)
  SG&A........................     207.6     20.5          (44.5)            9.1        28.2      (10.2)(a)     210.7       223.6
  Other, net..................       7.5       --            (.2)             .5        (2.0)        .3(a)        4.2         1.7
                                                                                                   (4.3)(c)
                                                                                                    2.4(d)
  Restructuring charge........      27.5       --             --              --          --         --          27.5          --
  SPT equity losses...........      26.9       --             --              --          --      (26.9)(d)        --
  SP Europe equity losses.....      21.5       --             --              --          --      (21.5)(c)        --          --
                               ----------   ------       -------          ------      ------   ---------    ---------   ---------
Operating income (loss).......     (42.9)    (2.2 )        (25.3)          (13.6)       27.6       65.0           8.6        71.2
Interest, net.................      17.8      1.6             --              .9        27.1       (5.8)(e)      41.6        45.8
(Gain) on sale of business
  units.......................    (105.4)      --             --              --          --      105.4(f)         --
                               ----------   ------       -------          ------      ------   ---------    ---------   ---------
Income before income taxes....      44.7     (3.8 )        (25.3)          (14.5)         .5      (34.6)        (33.0)       25.4
Provision (benefit) for income
  taxes.......................      29.5       --             --              --          --      (35.8)(g)      (6.3)       13.6
                               ----------   ------       -------          ------      ------   ---------    ---------   ---------
Income (loss)(h)..............  $   15.2    $(3.8 )      $ (25.3)         $(14.5)     $   .5    $   1.2     $   (26.7)  $    11.8
                               ----------   ------       -------          ------      ------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                               ----------   ------       -------          ------      ------   ---------    ---------   ---------
Income (loss) per share.......  $   1.20                                                                    $   (2.12)  $    0.85
Weight average number of
  common shares outstanding...      12.6                                                                         12.6        13.9
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(a) Historical results of ATP and AGL through June 10, 1993, the date of
     acquisition. Pro forma adjustments include a $6.8 million reduction in cost
     of products sold resulting from primarily work force reductions; a $10.2
     million reduction in SG&A resulting from primarily work force reductions:
     and $0.3 million of additional goodwill amortization.
 
(b) SPR and Truth were divested during the fourth quarter of 1993. This
     represents the results of operations through the date of divestiture.
 
(c) SP Europe was consolidated as of December 31, 1993. This pro forma adds the
     results of operations for the full year. Pro forma adjustments include
     reflecting the minority owner's share of losses, $4.3 million, and $21.5
     million to reverse the company's share of equity losses as SP Europe is
     consolidated in the pro forma.
 
(d) SPT was consolidated as of December 31, 1993. This pro forma adds the
     results of operations for the full year. Pro forma adjustments include $2.0
     million of additional depreciation expense resulting from purchase
     accounting; $26.9 million to reverse the company's share of equity losses
     as SPT is consolidated in the pro forma; and $2.4 million to reflect
     goodwill amortization resulting from purchase accounting.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(e) Adjustment to interest expense, net to reflect the financing to purchase ATP
     and AGL and 51% of SPT and to reflect the net proceeds from the sale of SPR
     and Truth. Proceeds in excess of expenditures are assumed to have reduced
     outstanding revolving credit, short-term notes and notes payable to The
     Allen Group. Any excess was then assumed to be invested in short-term
     investments.
 
(f) Reversal of gain on the sale of the SPR and Truth divisions.
 
(g) Adjustment to income tax expense to reflect a consolidated effective rate of
     39%, which was then adjusted for the inability to tax benefit SP Europe
     losses and the effect of the change in U.S. federal income tax rate to 35%
     from 34% on deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
(h) Income (loss) excludes cumulative effect of changes in accounting methods
     for ESOP accounting and SPT's 1993 SFAS No. 106 adoption and the 1993
     extraordinary loss recorded for the early retirement of indebtedness.
 
     The unaudited pro forma selected results of operations does not purport to
represent what the company's results of operations would actually have been had
the above transactions in fact occurred as of January 1, 1993, or January 1,
1992 or project the results of operations for any future date or period.
 
(8) EXTRAORDINARY LOSS
 
     During the fourth quarter of 1993, the company determined to refinance both
SPX and SPT debt. As a result, the company recorded an extraordinary charge of
$37.0 million ($24.0 million after taxes) for extinguishment costs associated
with the early retirement of $415 million (principal amount) of debt expected to
be refinanced. The aggregate amount to retire this debt, including existing
unamortized debt placement fees, will be $452 million. See Note 23 for further
discussion of the refinancing.
 
(9) RESTRUCTURING AND SPECIAL CHARGES
 
     1993 -- During 1993, the company recorded a $27.5 million restructuring
charge for the costs required to merge the Bear Automotive division with Allen
Testproducts, acquired in June of 1993. This charge was recorded in the third
quarter. Of the $27.5 million restructuring charge, approximately $16 million
relates to work force reductions and associated costs. The combined businesses
started with approximately 2,200 employees. That number was reduced to
approximately 1,800 employees at December 31, 1993 and will be at approximately
1,700 employees by the end of the second quarter of 1994. The charge also
included $9.3 million of facility duplication and shutdown costs, including the
write down of excess assets of $4.2 million (non-cash). The balance of the
reserves at December 31, 1993 is approximately $14.5 million, which is
principally required for remaining work force reduction and facility closing
costs.
 
     1991 -- In the third quarter of 1991, the company recorded a pretax special
charge of $18.2 million which included; a $6.0 million charge associated with
organizational and facility consolidation of two operating units which included
employment reductions and facility closings; a $6.5 million charge-off of
certain capitalized computer software development costs due to conceptual
changes in future product offerings whereby these costs are more appropriately
characterized as general software development; a $1.4 million net charge
associated with consummation of two transactions with an overseas partner that
relate to further globalization of the company's automotive original equipment
affiliated businesses; and a $4.3 million charge for losses, resulting
principally from recessionary conditions, on certain project development
investments and notes receivable related to previous sales of certain business
units.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS
 
     The company has defined benefit pension plans which cover substantially all
domestic employees. These plans provide pension benefits that are principally
based on the employees' years of credited service and levels of earnings.
Contributions in excess of pension expense are considered prepayments for
financial accounting purposes. The company has determined that foreign defined
pension plans are immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.
 
     Net periodic pension cost (benefit) included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1993        1992         1991
                                                          --------     -------     --------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                   <C>          <C>         <C>
    Service cost-benefits earned during the period......  $  4,585     $ 3,973     $  3,577
    Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.......     6,852       6,088        5,743
    Actual gain on assets...............................   (19,633)     (9,363)     (27,778)
    Net amortization and deferral.......................     8,440      (1,136)      18,320
                                                          --------     -------     --------
    Net periodic pension cost (benefit).................  $    244     $  (438)    $   (138)
                                                          --------     -------     --------
                                                          --------     -------     --------
    Actuarial assumptions used:
    Discount rates......................................       7.5%       8.25%        8.25%
    Rates of increase in compensation levels............       5.0         5.5          5.5
    Expected long-term rate of return on assets.........       9.5         9.5          9.5
</TABLE>
 
     Plan assets principally consist of equity and fixed income security
investments. The following table sets forth the plans' funded status and amounts
recognized in the company's consolidated balance sheets as Other Assets for its
U.S. pension plans (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1993               DECEMBER 31, 1992
                                            ---------------------------     ---------------------------
                                              ASSETS        ACCUMULATED       ASSETS        ACCUMULATED
                                              EXCEED         BENEFITS         EXCEED         BENEFITS
                                            ACCUMULATED       EXCEED        ACCUMULATED       EXCEED
                                             BENEFITS         ASSETS         BENEFITS         ASSETS
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit
  obligations:
  Vested benefit obligation...............   $ 151,217        $ 6,570        $  67,876       $      --
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
  Accumulated benefit obligation..........   $ 172,068        $ 7,395        $  70,661       $      --
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
  Projected benefit obligation............   $ 200,249        $ 7,395        $  87,604       $      --
  Plan assets at fair value...............     242,429          6,297          118,939              --
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
  Projected benefit obligation less
     (greater) than plan assets...........   $  42,180        $(1,098)       $  31,335       $      --
  Unrecognized net (gain) loss............     (31,893)            34          (19,031)             --
  Prior service cost not yet recognized in
     net periodic pension cost............      10,183            607            1,909              --
  Unrecognized net asset at January 1,
     1985.................................        (220)            34             (407)             --
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
  Prepaid pension cost recognized in the
     consolidated balance sheets..........   $  20,250        $  (423)       $  13,806       $      --
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
                                            -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
</TABLE>
 
     The significant increase in pension benefit obligations, assets and prepaid
pension cost was due to the consolidation of SPT as of December 31, 1993.
 
     As part of the divestitures of the SPR and Truth divisions, the company
recorded curtailment gains of $4.1 million. These gains have been included in
the gain recognized on the sale of these divisions.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE
 
     Prior to 1992, postretirement health care and life insurance benefits were
recognized as expense when claims or premiums were paid. In 1992, the company
adopted SFAS No. 106. These costs totaled $958,000 in 1991. The following
summarizes the 1993 and 1992 expense for postretirement health and life
insurance (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993     1992
                                                                          ------   -------
    <S>                                                                   <C>      <C>
    Recognition of transition obligation................................  $   --   $16,829
    Benefit cost for service during the the year --
      net of employee contributions.....................................     317       315
    Net amortization and deferral.......................................     (64)       --
    Interest cost on accumulated post-retirement
      benefit obligation................................................   1,338     1,306
                                                                          ------   -------
    Postretirement benefit cost.........................................  $1,591   $18,450
                                                                          ------   -------
                                                                          ------   -------
</TABLE>
 
     The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was actuarially
determined based on assumptions regarding the discount rate and health care
trend rates. The health care trend assumption applies to postretirement medical
and dental benefits. Different trend rates are used for pre-age 65 and post-age
65 medical claims and for expected dental claims. The trend rate used for the
medical plan was 15% initially, grading to a 6% ultimate rate by 1% each year
for pre-65 claims; and 10.5% grading to 6% by .5% each year for post-age 65
claims. The trend rate for the dental plan was 6% each year. The liability was
discounted using a 7.5% interest rate. Increasing the health care trend rate by
one percentage point would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation by $.7 million and would increase the 1993 postretirement benefit
cost by $.1 million.
 
     The following table summarizes the accumulated benefit obligation (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31, 1993   DECEMBER 31, 1992
                                                           -----------------   -----------------
    <S>                                                    <C>                 <C>
    Accumulated postretirement benefits obligation
      ("APBO")
      Retirees...........................................      $  56,084            $11,708
      Actives fully eligible.............................          9,399              1,463
                                                           -----------------   -----------------
      APBO fully eligible................................         65,483             13,171
      Actives not fully eligible.........................         24,112              3,271
                                                           -----------------   -----------------
      Total APBO.........................................      $  89,595            $16,442
    Assets...............................................           (845)                --
                                                           -----------------   -----------------
    Unfunded status......................................      $  88,750            $16,442
    Unrecognized:
      Prior service cost.................................         27,498              1,000
      Net gain (loss)....................................         (2,492)                --
                                                           -----------------   -----------------
    Accrued APBO included in long-term liabilities.......      $ 113,756            $17,442
                                                           -----------------   -----------------
                                                           -----------------   -----------------
</TABLE>
 
     The significant increase in accumulated postretirement benefits obligation
was due to the consolidation of SPT as of December 31, 1993. SPT adopted SFAS
No. 106 in 1993.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN ("ESOP")
 
     In June 1989, the company established an ESOP, which includes substantially
all domestic employees not covered by collective bargaining agreements. The ESOP
borrowed $50 million, which is guaranteed by the company, and used the proceeds
to purchase 1,746,725 shares of common stock issued directly by the company.
Employees vest in these shares based upon a predetermined formula. Employees may
vote allocated shares directly, while the ESOP trustee will vote the unallocated
shares proportionally on the same basis as the allocated shares were voted.
During 1993, 1992 and 1991, 114,588, 114,735 and 114,870 shares were allocated
to the employees, leaving 1,246,346 unallocated shares in the ESOP trust at
December 31, 1993. The fair market value of these unallocated shares was $22.1
million at December 31, 1993. The company's contributions to the ESOP trust were
as follows (in thousands of dollars):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1993     1992     1991
                                                                   ------   ------   ------
    <S>                                                            <C>      <C>      <C>
    Compensation expense.........................................  $1,925   $5,548   $4,840
    Interest expense.............................................   3,902       --       --
    Dividends....................................................      --      590    1,113
    Principal payment............................................     288       --       --
                                                                   ------   ------   ------
              Total..............................................  $6,115   $6,138   $5,953
                                                                   ------   ------   ------
                                                                   ------   ------   ------
</TABLE>
 
     With the change in ESOP accounting in 1993, compensation expense is now
measured using the fair market value when the shares are committed to the
employee. Interest expense represents the actual interest paid by the ESOP trust
and any dividends paid on unallocated shares in the trust are recorded as direct
debt principal payments rather than as dividends.
 
OTHER
 
     The company provides defined contribution pension plans for substantially
all employees not covered by defined benefit pension plans. Collectively, the
company's contributions to these plans were $683,000 in 1993, $848,000 in 1992
and $580,000 in 1991.
 
     The company provides a Retirement Savings Plan for eligible employees.
Employees can contribute up to 15% of their earnings with the company matching a
portion of the amount up to 6% of their earnings. The company's contribution to
this plan was $875,000 in 1993, $715,000 in 1992 and $725,000 in 1991. Starting
in 1994, the company matching contribution will consist of unallocated ESOP
shares.
 
(11) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Since the creation of SPT on May 30, 1989, the company has continued to
provide certain administrative and insurance services to SPT. The costs
associated with these services are identified and recovered from the
partnership.
 
     In addition, the company's former Sealed Power Replacement division
purchased replacement engine parts, principally piston rings, cylinder sleeves
and valve lifters from SPT at arm's-length prices. Purchases from the
partnership during 1993 through October 22 (date of sale of SPR), 1992 and 1991
were $21.5 million, $27.8 million and $27.0 million, respectively.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(12) RECEIVABLES
 
     Changes in the reserve for losses on receivables were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1993      1992      1991
                                                                -------   -------   -------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                         <C>       <C>       <C>
    Balance at beginning of year..............................  $10,789   $ 9,541   $ 9,521
    Recorded in acquisition of SPT and due to consolidation of
      SP Europe...............................................      747        --        --
    Amount charged to income..................................    3,609     3,788     2,876
                                                                -------   -------   -------
                                                                $15,145   $13,329   $12,397
    Accounts written off, net of recoveries...................   (2,398)   (2,495)   (2,878)
    Reduction resulting from sale of SPR and Truth
      divisions...............................................   (3,588)       --        --
    Reclassifications and other...............................       18       (45)       22
                                                                -------   -------   -------
    Balance at end of year....................................  $ 9,177   $10,789   $ 9,541
                                                                -------   -------   -------
                                                                -------   -------   -------
</TABLE>
 
     The company has a three year agreement, expiring in April 1994, with a
financial institution whereby the company agreed to sell undivided fractional
interests in designated pools of domestic trade accounts receivable, in an
amount not to exceed $30 million. In order to maintain the balance in the
designated pools of trade accounts receivable sold, the company sells
participating interests in new receivables as existing receivables are
collected. At December 31, 1993 and 1992, the company had sold $25.9 million and
$30 million of trade accounts receivable under this program. Under the terms of
this agreement, the company is obligated to pay fees which approximate the
purchasers' cost of issuing a like amount in commercial paper plus certain
administrative costs. The amount of such fees in 1993 and 1992 were $1,215,000
and $1,465,000 respectively. These fees are included in other expense, net.
 
(13) INVENTORIES
 
     Domestic inventories, amounting to $122.6 and $141.3 million at December
31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, are based on the last-in, first-out (LIFO)
method. Such inventories, if priced on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method,
would have been approximately $17.7 and $34.8 million greater at December 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively. During 1993 and 1992, certain inventory quantities
were reduced resulting in liquidations of LIFO inventory quantities carried at
lower costs prevailing in prior years. The effect was to increase net income in
1993 by $455,000 and in 1992 by $1.8 million. Foreign inventories are valued at
FIFO costs. None of the inventories exceed realizable values.
 
     The components of inventory at year-end were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1993         1992
                                                                     --------     --------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                              <C>          <C>
    Finished products............................................... $ 94,478     $128,043
    Work in process.................................................   29,324       16,835
    Raw materials and supplies......................................   35,421       26,744
                                                                     --------     --------
                                                                     $159,223..   $171,622
                                                                     --------     --------
                                                                     --------     --------
</TABLE>
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(14) INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1993        1992        1991
                                                            -------     -------     -------
    <S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
    U.S. Federal:
      Current.............................................. $32,817     $ 8,180     $(4,925)
      Deferred.............................................  (9,521)      2,217      (4,842)
    State..................................................   4,411       1,363       1,060
    Foreign................................................   1,748       1,673       1,535
                                                            -------     -------     -------
              Total........................................ $29,455     $13,433     $(7,172)
                                                            -------     -------     -------
                                                            -------     -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     A reconciliation of the effective rate for income taxes shown in the
consolidated statements of income with the U.S. statutory rate of 35% in 1993
and 34% in 1992 and 1991 is shown below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1993     1992     1991
                                                                    ----     ----     -----
    <S>                                                             <C>      <C>      <C>
    Amount computed at statutory rate.............................. 35.0%    34.0%    (34.0)%
    Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
      U.S. rate change on net deferred taxes.......................  2.0       --        --
      Tax credits and incentives................................... (0.5)    (0.6)     (1.6)
      Foreign losses not tax benefitted............................ 22.8      6.1       3.1
      Foreign tax rates less than the statutory rate............... (1.8)    (1.1)     (1.9)
      State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit........  5.8      2.5       2.8
      Amortization of goodwill and other acquisition costs.........  3.6      3.2       4.0
      Tax benefit of the Foreign Sales Corporation................. (2.0)    (3.1)     (3.4)
      Special charge items not tax benefitted......................   --       --       8.6
      Other, net...................................................  1.1     (1.5)     (2.6)
                                                                    ----     ----     -----
                                                                    66.0%    39.5%    (25.0)%
                                                                    ----     ----     -----
                                                                    ----     ----     -----
</TABLE>
 
     No provision has been made for income and withholding taxes which would
become payable upon distribution of the undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries and affiliates. It is the company's present intention to
permanently reinvest these earnings in its foreign operations. The amount of
undistributed earnings which have been reinvested in foreign subsidiaries and
affiliates at December 31, 1993, was $26.7 million. It is not practical to
determine the hypothetical U.S. federal income tax liability if all such
earnings were remitted, but distribution as dividends at the end of 1993 would
have resulted in payment of withholding taxes of approximately $1.4 million.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     The following summarizes the detail of the deferred income tax provision
(benefit) for 1991, which has not been restated in accordance with SFAS No. 109:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1991
                                                                             --------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                                      <C>
    Receivable reserves.....................................................    $   (110)
    Inventories.............................................................        (568)
    Depreciation............................................................         306
    Health and medical costs................................................        (170)
    Pension.................................................................         146
    Employee benefit programs...............................................        (342)
    Special charge..........................................................      (3,191)
    Other, net..............................................................         459
                                                                             --------------
                                                                                $ (3,470)
                                                                             --------------
                                                                             --------------
</TABLE>
 
     The components of the net deferred income tax assets (liabilities) were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     1993             1992
                                                                 ------------     ------------
    <S>                                                          <C>              <C>
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
    Deferred income tax asset:
      Receivables reserve......................................    $  6,736         $  3,088
      Inventory................................................       5,835            7,505
      Debt extinguishment reserves.............................      13,000               --
      Compensation and benefit-related.........................       3,004            1,100
      Restructuring reserves...................................       4,226               --
      Divestiture-related reserves.............................       5,580               --
      Workers' compensation....................................       1,708            1,270
      Warranty reserve.........................................       2,216            2,786
      Other liabilities........................................       6,584             (175)
                                                                 ------------     ------------
    Current deferred tax asset.................................    $ 48,889         $ 15,574
                                                                 ------------     ------------
    Non-current deferred tax:
      Depreciation.............................................    $(24,300)        $(13,570)
      Postretirement health and life...........................      38,900            6,300
      Book basis investment greater than tax basis investment
         in affiliates.........................................     (31,400)         (46,906)
      Other....................................................      (3,987)              --
      Net operating loss carryforwards.........................      14,700            4,800
      Capital loss carryforwards...............................          --            8,900
      Valuation allowance......................................     (14,700)         (13,700)
                                                                 ------------     ------------
    Non-current deferred tax liability.........................    $(20,787)        $(54,176)
                                                                 ------------     ------------
    Net deferred tax asset (liability).........................    $ 28,102         $(38,602)
                                                                 ------------     ------------
                                                                 ------------     ------------
</TABLE>
 
     Included on the consolidated balance sheets are U.S. federal income tax
refunds of $5.6 million in 1993 and $3.0 million in 1992.
 
     At December 31, 1993, the company has net operating loss carryforwards
attributable to foreign operations of approximately $32.5 million that are
available to offset future taxable income. These loss
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
carryforwards expire as follows: $.6 million in 1994, $0 in 1995, $0 in 1996,
$2.4 million in 1997, $1.5 million in 1998 and $28.0 million thereafter. During
1993, the company utilized $2.8 million of net operating loss carryforwards
attributable to foreign operations, resulting in tax benefits of $1.2 million.
The deferred tax asset related to the net operating loss carryforwards have been
reserved in the valuation allowance.
 
     During the fourth quarter of 1993, the company settled a dispute with the
Internal Revenue Service regarding the company's tax deferred treatment of the
1989 transaction in which several operating units were contributed to SPT. The
settlement of approximately $5 million in tax eliminates the IRS contention that
one half of the 1989 transaction was currently taxable. The settlement and
interest will be paid during the second quarter of 1994 and is adequately
provided for in the company's deferred income tax accounts.
 
(15) INVESTMENTS
 
     As of December 31, 1993, investments, as shown on the consolidated balance
sheet, include equity investments in non-majority owned subsidiaries. These
investments include the company's 50% owned interest in a U.S. joint venture,
two 50% owned interests in joint ventures in Japan, a 40% interest in a Mexican
company and a 50% interest in a German company. All of these investments are
accounted for using the equity method. These investments, both individually and
collectively, are not material to the company's consolidated financial
statements.
 
     Until December 31, 1993, the company held a 49% interest in SPT. The pro
rata share of earnings or losses and the amortization of the company's
investment in SPT is reflected as "SPT equity losses" on the consolidated
statements of income (see Note 5).
 
     Until December 31, 1993, the company reported that it held a 50% interest
in SP Europe. As of December 31, 1993, Riken's pending 20% participation in SP
Europe reverted to the company in connection with the transaction to acquire
Riken's 49% interest in SPT. SP Europe had not been previously consolidated due
to the company's deemed temporary control and because nonrecourse (to the
partners) financing was being pursued. Up to December 31, 1993, the company
carried its investment in SP Europe at zero. Due to the resulting 70% ownership,
the company is recording its share of cumulative losses since the partnership
formation in mid-1991 of $21.5 million. As of December 31, 1993, the balance
sheet of this partnership is included in the consolidated financial statements,
reflecting the company's 70% ownership and Mahle GmbH's 30% minority interest.
Beginning in the first quarter of 1994, results of operations of SP Europe will
be reflected in the consolidated statements of income and cash flows.
 
(16) PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT AND RELATED ACCUMULATED
     DEPRECIATION
 
     The company uses principally the straight line method for computing
depreciation expense over the useful lives of the property, plant and equipment.
For income tax purposes, the company uses accelerated methods where permitted.
Asset additions and improvements are added to the property accounts while
maintenance and repairs, which do not renew or extend the lives of the
respective assets, are expensed currently. Upon sale or retirement of
depreciable properties, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are
removed from the property accounts. The net gain or loss on disposition of
property is reflected in income.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     Changes in property, plant, and equipment accounts and in related
accumulated depreciation for the three years ended December 31, 1993 were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MACHINERY
                                                                      AND      CONSTRUCTION
                                               LAND      BLDGS.    EQUIPMENT   IN PROGRESS     TOTAL
                                              -------   --------   ---------   ------------   --------
                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>
PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT, AT COST:
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1990................  $ 6,586   $ 50,378   $ 123,392     $  6,398     $186,754
  Additions, at cost........................      245      4,362      14,788           33       19,428
  Retirements, at cost......................   (1,283)      (699)     (2,380)          --       (4,362)
  Reclassifications and other...............      699         63        (454)          --          308
                                              -------   --------   ---------   ------------   --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1991................  $ 6,247   $ 54,104   $ 135,346     $  6,431     $202,128
  Additions, at cost........................       18      2,314      18,415         (396)      20,351
  Retirements, at cost......................      (48)      (515)     (5,376)          --       (5,939)
  Reclassifications and other...............      280      2,417      (1,132)          --        1,565
                                              -------   --------   ---------   ------------   --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1992................  $ 6,497   $ 58,320   $ 147,253     $  6,035     $218,105
  Additions, at cost........................      840      1,920      10,998        1,358       15,116
  Recorded in acquisitions of ATP and SPT
     and due to consolidation of SP
     Europe.................................    4,551     40,552     169,903        1,253      216,259
  Assets sold in connection with divestiture
     of units...............................   (1,174)   (15,280)    (55,241)      (3,325)     (75,020)
  Retirements, at cost......................      (15)      (502)     (5,541)          --       (6,058)
  Reclassifications and other...............       81       (474)        448         (625)        (570)
                                              -------   --------   ---------   ------------   --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993................  $10,780   $ 84,536   $ 267,820     $  4,696     $367,832
                                              -------   --------   ---------   ------------   --------
                                              -------   --------   ---------   ------------   --------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            MACHINERY
                                                                               AND
                                                                  BLDGS.    EQUIPMENT    TOTAL
                                                                  -------   ---------   --------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>       <C>         <C>
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION:
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1990....................................  $10,797   $  58,045   $ 68,842
  Additions-charged to income...................................    2,443      16,449     18,892
  Deductions-retirements, renewals,transfers, dispositions and
     replacements...............................................      (43)     (2,086)    (2,129)
  Reclassifications and other...................................      226         (22)       204
                                                                  -------   ---------   --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1991....................................  $13,423   $  72,386   $ 85,809
  Additions-charged to income...................................    3,196      16,393     19,589
  Deductions-retirements, renewals, transfers, dispositions and
     replacements...............................................     (201)     (4,549)    (4,750)
  Reclassifications and other...................................    1,156        (494)       662
                                                                  -------   ---------   --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1992....................................  $17,574   $  83,736   $101,310
                                                                  -------   ---------   --------
  Additions-charged to income...................................    2,611      16,476     19,087
  Additions-carryover basis in SPT..............................   15,810      75,661     91,471
  Deductions-retirements, renewals, transfers, dispositions and
     replacements...............................................     (245)     (2,782)    (3,027)
  Deductions-assets sold in connection with divestitures of
     units......................................................   (4,499)    (34,508)   (39,007)
  Reclassifications and other...................................       --        (147)      (147)
                                                                  -------   ---------   --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993....................................  $31,251   $ 138,436   $169,687
                                                                  -------   ---------   --------
                                                                  -------   ---------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(17) COSTS IN EXCESS OF NET ASSETS OF BUSINESSES ACQUIRED
 
     At December 31, 1993 and 1992, total costs in excess of net assets of
businesses acquired were $223.3 and $113.2 million, respectively, and
accumulated amortization of costs in excess of net assets of businesses acquired
was $19.2 and $18.3 million, respectively. The increase is attributable to the
acquisition of ATP and AGL, $16.3 million, and the acquisition of 51% of SPT,
$97.1 million. Amortization was $3.4 million in 1993, $3.4 million in 1992 and
$3.1 million in 1991.
 
     The company amortizes costs in excess of the net assets of businesses
("goodwill") acquired on a straight-line method over the estimated periods
benefitted, not to exceed 40 years. After an acquisition, the company
periodically reviews whether subsequent events and circumstances have occurred
that indicate the remaining estimated useful life of goodwill may warrant
revision or that the remaining balance of goodwill may not be recoverable. If
events and circumstances indicate that goodwill related to a particular business
should be reviewed for possible impairment, the company uses projections to
assess whether future operating income on a non-discounted basis (before
goodwill amortization) of the unit is likely to exceed the goodwill amortization
over the remaining life of the goodwill, to determine whether a write down of
goodwill to recoverable value is appropriate.
 
     At December 31, 1993, $74 million of goodwill relates to the Automotive
Diagnostics division (which is composed of Bear Automotive and Allen
Testproducts, which was acquired in 1993). This division has incurred
significant operating losses in 1993 and in prior years. The company projects
that, in the near future, the cost savings, market synergies and other factors
which, in part, will be realized from the Bear Automotive and Allen Testproducts
combination will result in non-discounted operating income sufficient to exceed
goodwill amortization. However, should such projections require downward
revision based on changed events or circumstances, this division's goodwill may
require writedown. Although having no cash flow impact, the resulting charge, if
any, could materially reduce the company's future reported results of operations
and shareholders' equity. At this time, based upon present information,
projections and strategic plans, the company has concluded that there has been
no permanent impairment of the Automotive Diagnostics division's tangible or
intangible assets.
 
(18) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
     The company leases certain offices, warehouses and equipment under lease
agreements which expire at various dates through 2006. Future minimum rental
commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are $10.9 million for 1994,
$8.8 million for 1995, $6.3 million for 1996, $4.0 million for 1997, $2.9
million for 1998 and aggregate $14.5 million thereafter. Rentals on these leases
were approximately $12.9 million in 1993, $9.3 million in 1992 and $10.8 million
in 1991.
 
     Certain claims, including environmental matters, suits and complaints
arising in the ordinary course of business, have been filed or are pending
against the company. In the opinion of management, all such matters are without
merit or are of such kind, or involve such amounts, as would not have a
significant effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
company if disposed of unfavorably. Additionally, the company has insurance to
minimize its exposures of this nature.
 
     The company's operations and products are subject to federal, state and
local regulatory requirements relating to environmental protection. It is the
company's policy to comply fully with all such applicable requirements. As part
of its effort to comply, management has established an ongoing internal
compliance auditing program which has been in place since 1989. Based on current
information, management believes that the company's operations are in
substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and
the company is not aware of any violation that could have a material adverse
effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the
company. There can be no assurance, however, that
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   47
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
currently unknown matters, new laws and regulations, or stricter interpretations
of existing laws and regulations will not materially affect the company's
business or operations in the future.
 
     The company is also subject to potential liability for the costs of
environmental remediation. This liability may be based upon the ownership or
operation of industrial facilities where contamination may be found as well as
contribution to contamination existing at offsite, non-owned facilities. These
offsite remediation costs cannot be quantified with any degree of certainty. At
this time, management can estimate the environmental remediation costs only in
terms of possibilities and probabilities based on available information.
 
     The company is involved as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") under
the Comprehensive, Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
1980 ("CERCLA"), as amended, or similar state superfund statutes in eight active
proceedings involving off-site waste disposal facilities. At three of these
sites it has been established that the company is a de minimis contributor. A
determination has not been made with respect to the remaining five sites, but
the company believes that it will be found to be a de minimis contributor at
three of them. Based on information available to the company, which in most
cases includes estimates from PRPs and/or federal or state regulatory agencies
for the investigation, clean up costs at these sites, data related to the
quantities and characteristics of materials generated at or shipped to each
site, the company believes that the costs for each site are not material and in
total the anticipated clean up costs of current PRP actions would not have a
material adverse effect on the company's financial condition or operations.
 
     In the case of contamination existing upon properties owned or controlled
by the company, the company has established reserves which it deems adequate to
meet its current remediation obligations.
 
     There can be no assurance that the company will not be required to pay
environmental compliance costs or incur liabilities that may be material in
amount due to matters which arise in the future or are not currently known to
the company.
 
     During 1988, the company's Board of Directors adopted executive severance
agreements which create certain liabilities in the event of the termination of
the covered executives following a change of control of the company. The
aggregate commitment under these executive severance agreements should all 7
covered employees be terminated is approximately $10 million.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   48
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(19) NOTES PAYABLE AND DEBT
 
     The following table summarizes the company's current and long-term debt
obligations as they existed at December 31, 1993 and 1992. During the first
quarter of 1994, the company significantly restructured this debt. Refer to Note
23 for further explanation of this subsequent refinancing.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1993           1992
                                                                       --------       --------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
SPX
  Senior Notes, 9.72%, due in annual installments from 1994 through
     2000............................................................. $ 53,000       $ 53,000
  Senior Notes, 9.58%, $5 million due in 1993, the remainder due in
     1995.............................................................   22,000         27,000
  Revolving Credit Loans..............................................       --         17,000
  Industrial Revenue Bonds, with interest rates established monthly
     based on an index of short-term municipal bond interest rates,
     due 2010 to 2025.................................................   15,200         15,200
  Note to Allen Group, 8.0%, due in annual installments from 1994
     through 1996.....................................................   19,737             --
  Bank loans, LIBOR plus  7/8%, due May 1994..........................   50,000             --
  Long-Term Debt -- ESOP Guarantee....................................   42,062         44,275
  Other...............................................................   17,957         17,844
                                                                       --------       --------
          Total SPX debt.............................................. $219,956       $174,319
                                                                       --------       --------
SPT
  Senior subordinated debentures, 14.5%, due May 15, 1999, with
     mandatory sinking fund payment of $50 million on May 15, 1998.... $100,000       $     --
  Term bank loan, with interest rates established periodically based
     on prime or LIBOR rates, due in varying quarterly installments
     through September 30, 1996.......................................   78,863             --
  Revolving Credit Loans..............................................   30,000             --
  Other...............................................................    1,343             --
                                                                       --------       --------
          Total SPT debt.............................................. $210,206       $     --
                                                                       --------       --------
          Total Consolidated debt..................................... $430,162       $174,319
  Less current maturities.............................................   93,975         13,999
                                                                       --------       --------
          Total Long-Term Debt........................................ $336,187       $160,320
                                                                       --------       --------
                                                                       --------       --------
</TABLE>
 
     Aggregate maturities of total debt are as follows before the debt
refinancing described in Note 23:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SPX         SPT        TOTAL
                                                           -------     -------     --------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
    1994.................................................. $67,275     $26,700     $ 93,975
    1995..................................................  43,700      28,900       72,600
    1996..................................................   9,500      54,600       64,100
    1997..................................................  11,200          --       11,200
    1998..................................................   3,400      50,000       53,400
    Thereafter............................................  84,881      50,006      134,887
</TABLE>
 
SPX
 
     Revolving credit loans, under revolving credit agreements dated July 1,
1991 as amended, aggregating $75 million with five banks, have terms of one
year. During the period of the revolving credit loans, the borrowings will bear
interest at negotiated rates not to exceed prime. The company has agreed to pay
the
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   49
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
banks commitment fees of  3/8% per annum of the unused portion of the credit
commitments. The credit agreements do not require the company to maintain any
additional balances at the participating banks, and the agreements can be
reduced in amount or terminated at any time at the option of the company. At
December 31, 1993, the company had unused lines of revolving credit of $75
million. This facility was replaced by a new revolving credit agreement dated
March 1994 (see Note 23).
 
     The company has guaranteed a note purchase agreement with certain insurance
companies under its ESOP. This loan bears interest at 9.04%. Principal is
payable in fifteen annual installments commencing June 1990. The company's
semiannual contributions to the ESOP trust enable the trust to make interest and
principal payments. Additionally, dividends on the ESOP's unallocated shares are
used to make interest and principal payments and are deductible for income tax
purposes. Dividends on unallocated shares were $545,000 in 1993, $590,000 in
1992 and $1,113,000 in 1991. Beginning in 1993, as a result of new ESOP
accounting, these dividends are no longer reflected as dividends in the
consolidated financial statements and are accounted for as direct principal
payments. This facility will be terminated by the end of March 1994 and will be
replaced by the new revolving credit agreement.
 
     The company is subject to a number of restrictive covenants under the
various debt agreements. At December 31, 1993 without consideration of the
availability of the new revolving credit agreement, the company is in default on
the following restrictive covenants due to the consolidation of SP Europe and
the purchase of Riken's 49% ownership interest in SPT; (a) the company is
required to maintain a consolidated fixed charge ratio of 1.5 to 1.0, at
December 31, 1993 it is .54 to 1.0, (b) the company is required to maintain
consolidated net tangible assets of at least 160% of consolidated funded
indebtedness, at December 31, 1993 it is 122%, (c) the company will not declare
dividends that exceed the sum of $40 million plus cumulative consolidated net
income since May 31, 1989, at December 31, 1993, cumulative dividends exceeded
the limitation by $32 million, and (d) the company is required to maintain
consolidated current assets of at least 150% of current liabilities, at December
31, 1993 it was 130%. These restrictive covenant defaults pertain to the $53
million of senior notes, the $22 million of senior notes, the $75 million
revolving credit line, the $19.7 million note to the Allen Group, Inc. and the
guaranteed $42.1 million ESOP note and make the debt payable on demand should
the conditions of default continue after notification. However, in March 1994,
the company obtained a new revolving credit facility of $250 million and will
utilize this facility to repay this defaulted debt (see Note 23). As the new
credit facility expires in 1999, the debt existing at December 31, 1993 has been
classified as long-term.
 
     Included in interest expense, net, was $1.5 million in 1993, $0.5 million
in 1992 and $0.5 million in 1991 of interest income.
 
SPT
 
     The Term Bank Loan and the Revolving Credit Loans are provided by a
syndicate of ten banks. SPT has unused available credit of up to $25 million on
the revolving credit agreement as of December 31, 1993, subject to receivable
and inventory balances. Additionally, $16 million of financing is available
through the Deferred Term Loan Facility under the Bank Credit Agreement to make
payments on borrowings under the Term Loan Facility should funds not be
sufficient to make scheduled amortization payments due under the Term Loan
Facility. SPT also has $5 million available on a swingline loan facility used to
manage daily cash receipts and disbursements. Loans under this facility are
payable in 5 days. Management believes the facilities are adequate to cover the
1994 financing requirements of SPT.
 
     SPT has entered into hedging arrangements which fix the interest rate of
approximately $70 million of the bank borrowings at 11 1/2% for a period ranging
from one to three years. The unhedged bank loans bear interest at 1 1/4% over
the prime rate or 2 1/4% over the LIBOR rate. The rates are set, at SPT's
option, for various
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   50
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
periods up to one year in length. Substantially all of SPT's assets are pledged
as collateral for loans under the Bank Credit Agreement.
 
     SPT is subject to a number of restrictive covenants under the Bank Credit
Agreement, as amended, and the Indenture related to the subordinated debentures.
Under the most restrictive of these covenants as of year-end, SPT must: (a) meet
a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 1; (b) meet a cash interest expense
coverage ratio of 1.90 to 1; (c) meet a current ratio of 1.5 to 1; and (d) limit
capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 1993 to $18 million. At
year-end, SPT's actual fixed charge ratio was 1.12 to 1; its cash interest
expense coverage ratio was 2.04 to 1; its current ratio was 1.5 to 1 and net
capital expenditures were approximately $17.8 million. The cash interest expense
coverage ratio becomes more restrictive in future periods. The covenants also
restrict distributions to the partners.
 
     Financing costs incurred by SPT were being amortized over the life of the
respective borrowings. Amortization of $1.2 million was recorded in 1993, 1992
and 1991 with the remaining $3.9 million written off as part of the debt
extinguishment charge (see Note 8).
 
     At December 31, 1993, substantially all of SPT's assets are pledged as
collateral under SPT's bank credit agreements. The distribution of these assets,
as well as partnership distributions, to the company from SPT are restricted.
The company's planned second quarter issuance of $260 million of senior
subordinated notes and concurrent payment of the SPT lenders will remove this
restriction. Should the notes not be issued, the SPT indebtedness will remain in
place, including the restrictions.
 
(20) CAPITAL STOCK
 
     Authorized shares of common stock (par value $10.00) total 50,000,000
shares. Common shares issued and outstanding are summarized in the table below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31
                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                    1993       1992       1991
                                                                   ------     ------     ------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Shares of Common Stock
  Issued.......................................................... 15,556     15,536     15,471
  In treasury..................................................... (1,633)    (1,633)    (1,633)
                                                                   ------     ------     ------
  Outstanding..................................................... 13,923     13,903     13,838
                                                                   ------     ------     ------
                                                                   ------     ------     ------
  ESOP trust -- unallocated.......................................  1,246      1,361      1,476
</TABLE>
 
     The company's treasury stock was purchased in the last half of 1989 at an
average cost of $30 5/8 per share using $50 million of proceeds from the
creation of the company's leveraged ESOP.
 
     The company has 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value,
authorized, but no shares have been issued.
 
     In June 1989, the company established an employee stock ownership plan
(ESOP). 1,746,725 shares of common stock were issued to the ESOP trust in
exchange for $50 million. These shares were issued at market value ($28 5/8 per
share) and the appropriate amounts are included in common stock and paid in
capital.
 
     The company restated, amended and renamed its 1982 Stock Option Plan to the
1992 Stock Compensation Plan, effective December 15, 1992. Under the new Stock
Compensation Plan, up to 700,000 shares of the company's common stock may be
granted to key employees with those shares still available for use under the
1982 Stock Option Plan being carried forward and forming a part of the 700,000
shares. Awards of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock
appreciation rights (SAR's), performance units and restricted
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   51
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
stock may be made under the Plan although no more than 200,000 shares may be
granted in the form of restricted stock. The Plan also authorizes the granting
of stock options to directors.
 
     Stock options may be granted to key employees in the form of incentive
stock options or nonqualified stock options at an option price per share of no
less than the fair market value of the common stock of the company on the date
of grant. The options become exercisable six months after the date of the grant
and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant (or 10 years and 1 day
with respect to nonqualified stock options).
 
     SAR's may be granted to key employees either in conjunction with the
awarding of nonqualified stock options or on a stand-alone basis. The SAR's
entitle the holder to receive a cash payment equal to the excess of the fair
market value of a share of common stock of the company over the exercise price
of the right at the date of exercise of the right.
 
     Performance units, which are equivalent to a share of common stock, may be
granted to key employees and may be earned, in whole or in part, dependent upon
the attainment of performance goals established at the time of grant.
 
     Restricted stock may be granted to key individuals to recognize or foster
extraordinary performance, promotion, recruitment or retention. At the time of
the grant, restrictions are placed on ownership of the shares for a stated
period of time during which a participant will not be able to dispose of the
restricted shares. Upon lapse of the restriction period, complete ownership is
vested in the participant and the shares become freely transferable.
 
     A summary of common stock options, SAR's, and restricted stock issued under
the company's Stock Compensation Plan is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1993        1992         1991
                                                               -------     -------     --------
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
Stock Options:
  Outstanding at beginning of year............................ 877,140     735,818      634,729
  Granted..................................................... 148,400     215,750      281,350
  Exercised................................................... (21,903)    (74,428)          --
  Surrendered/canceled........................................ (79,337)         --     (180,261)
                                                               -------     -------     --------
  Outstanding at end of year.................................. 924,300     877,140      735,818
                                                               -------     -------     --------
                                                               -------     -------     --------
  Price of options exercised and outstanding.................. $11.38-     $11.38-      $11.38-
                                                                 28.00       28.00        28.00
Restricted stock granted during year..........................      --          --       12,000
Shares reserved and available for future grants............... 442,387     511,450       74,375
Stock Appreciation Rights:
  Outstanding at beginning of year............................      --          --      171,100
  Granted.....................................................      --          --           --
  Exercised...................................................      --          --           --
  Surrendered/canceled........................................      --          --     (171,100)
                                                               -------     -------     --------
  Outstanding at end of year..................................      --          --           --
                                                               -------     -------     --------
                                                               -------     -------     --------
</TABLE>
 
     Preferred stock is issuable in series with the Board of Directors having
the authority to determine, among other things, the stated value of each series,
dividend rate, conversion rights and preferences in liquidation or redemption.
 
     On June 25, 1986, the company entered into a Rights Agreement which was
amended and restated as of October 20, 1988. Pursuant to the Rights Agreement,
in July 1986, the company issued a dividend of one
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   52
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
preferred stock purchase right on each outstanding share of common stock. Each
right entitles the holder, upon the occurrence of certain events, to purchase
one one-hundredth of a share of a new series of junior participating preferred
stock for $100. Furthermore, if the company is involved in a merger or other
business combination at any time after the rights become exercisable, the rights
will entitle the holder to buy the number of shares of common stock of the
acquiring company having a market value of twice the then current exercise price
of each right. Alternatively, if a 20% or more shareholder acquires the company
by means of a reverse merger in which the company and its stock survive, or
engages in self-dealing transactions with the company, or if any person acquires
20% or more of the company's common stock, then each right not owned by a 20% or
more shareholder will become exercisable for the number of shares of common
stock of the company having a market value of twice the then current exercise
price of each right. The rights, which do not have voting rights, expire on July
15, 1996, and may be redeemed by the company at a price of $.05 per right at any
time prior to their expiration.
 
(21) SPX CREDIT CORPORATION
 
     In June of 1993, the company acquired Allen Group Leasing from The Allen
Group, Inc. (see Note 4). The company's SP Financial division was merged with
this lease financing unit and has been renamed SPX Credit Corporation ("SPX
CC"). SPX CC provides direct financing leasing alternatives to primarily
electronic diagnostic, emissions testing, and wheel service equipment customers
in the United States and Canada.
 
     SPX CC purchases equipment for lease to others from the company's Specialty
Service Tools divisions, its sole supplier, at prices comparable to those to
third parties. The aggregate cost of equipment purchased from Specialty Service
Tool divisions amounted to approximately $16.0 million in 1993. The company's
Specialty Service Tools divisions charge a commission representing an
origination fee for providing leases and for the cost of services provided to
SPX CC with respect to the negotiation and consummation of new leases in the
amount of $521,000 for 1993 (since the acquisition). SPX CC has an agreement
with Specialty Service Tools divisions for the repurchase of repossessed
equipment at amounts determined to approximate realizable value by the Specialty
Service Tools division. In 1993 (since the acquisition), approximately $5.8
million of equipment was repurchased under this agreement.
 
     Information regarding lease receivables included in the consolidated
balance sheets is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     DECEMBER 31, 1993                   CURRENT      LONG-TERM     TOTAL
    ---------------------------------------------------  --------     --------     --------
    <S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
    Direct financing lease receivables.................  $ 36,661     $ 60,263     $ 96,924
    Residual value of lease equipment..................       469        2,862        3,331
    Other leasing assets...............................     9,159          192        9,351
    Unearned lease finance income......................   (10,427)     (10,825)     (21,252)
    Allowance for credit losses........................    (2,028)      (1,479)      (3,507)
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                         $ 33,834     $ 51,013     $ 84,847
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                         --------     --------     --------
</TABLE>
 
     The aggregate maturities of direct financing lease receivables as of
December 31, 1993 were $36.7 million in 1994, $28.4 million in 1995, $18.0
million in 1996, $10.3 million in 1997 and $3.5 million in 1998.
 
     Essentially all of SPX CC's direct financing lease receivables are with
companies or individuals operating within the automotive repair industry,
including automotive dealerships, garages and similar repair and inspection
facilities, and approximately one-third of lease receivables are with lessees
located in the state of California.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   53
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     The company has a program whereby certain lease receivables are sold to
financial institutions with limited recourse. In the event of default by a
lessee, the financial institution has recourse equal to their net lease
receivable. In return, the company receives the collateralized lease equipment.
In 1993, 1992 and 1991, $5,613,000, $21,390,000 and $18,705,000 of gross lease
receivables were sold to financial institutions generating revenues of $846,000,
$1,386,000 and $2,936,000. At December 31, 1993 and 1992, financial institutions
held lease receivables, which are subject to limited recourse, of $42,766,000
and $49,235,000. Correspondingly, allowances for recourse liabilities, net of
recoverable value, were $3,743,000 and $2,225,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1992.
 
(22) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
     The following provides supplementary information comprising the company's
cash flows from operating activities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                         ----------------------------------
                                                           1993         1992         1991
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
    Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income (loss) from operating activities........  $(40,600)    $ 14,860     $(21,560)
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
      cash provided (used) by operating activities --
      Cumulative effect of change in accounting
         methods.......................................    31,800        5,700           --
      Extraordinary loss...............................    24,000           --           --
      Depreciation and amortization....................    24,370       25,277       23,771
      SPT equity losses................................    26,845        2,407        8,532
      SP Europe equity losses..........................    21,500           --           --
      Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes.....   (15,306)       7,644       (5,286)
      (Increase) decrease in receivables...............   (15,523)      (1,061)      30,842
      Decrease in inventories..........................    11,609        2,560       22,800
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid and other
         current assets................................     2,136       (1,380)        (848)
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable..........    (1,623)       3,945          307
      Decrease in accrued liabilities..................    (7,238)        (787)      (6,172)
      Increase in income taxes payable.................     4,529        4,457           52
      Increase in lease finance receivables............    (9,154)          --           --
      Gain on sale of businesses, net of taxes.........   (64,200)          --           --
      Restructuring and special charges................    27,500           --       18,200
      Increase in long-term liabilities................     6,803        2,131           --
      Other, net.......................................    (2,163)       1,736       (3,189)
                                                         --------     --------     --------
    Net cash provided by operating activities..........  $ 25,285     $ 67,489     $ 67,449
                                                         --------     --------     --------
                                                         --------     --------     --------
</TABLE>
 
(23) SUBSEQUENT EVENT -- REFINANCING
 
     Late in the fourth quarter of 1993, the company determined that virtually
all existing SPX and SPT debt should be refinanced in anticipation of the
purchase of Riken's 49% interest in SPT, due to favorable prevailing interest
rates, scheduled and accelerated debt maturities, and to maintain the
flexibility of the company to grow through internal investments and
acquisitions. The plan of refinancing (the "Refinancing") includes two elements,
a new $225 million revolving bank facility and the issuance of $260 million of
senior subordinated notes. The Refinancing is expected to be completed by the
end of the second quarter of 1994.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   54
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     In March of 1994, the first portion of the Refinancing was completed when
the company closed a $250 million revolving credit facility with First National
Bank of Chicago, as agent for a syndicate of banks. This revolving credit
facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.0% or the prime rate (at the company's
option) and expires in 1999. Upon completion of the senior subordinated note
offering, this revolving credit facility is to be reduced to $225 million of
maximum availability. Proceeds from this revolving credit facility will be used
to extinguish SPX debt as follows: Senior Notes aggregating $75 million, the
$19.7 million note to the Allen Group, the company's ESOP trust's note of $42.1
million and $68 million of miscellaneous debt, much of which was technically in
default of covenant provisions. Also, $15.2 million of letters of credit
securing the Industrial Revenue Bonds were renegotiated.
 
     By June 30, 1994, the company expects to have completed its $260 million
offering of senior subordinated notes. These notes are anticipated to bear
interest at a rate of approximately 10% and will be due in or after the year
2002. At that time, the proceeds will be used to retire existing SPT borrowings,
including the $100 million of 14.5% senior subordinated debentures, the Term
Bank Loan, and the Revolving Credit Loans. Excess proceeds will be used to pay
down the company's new revolving credit facility at that time.
 
     The revolving credit agreement contains covenants, the most restrictive of
which are as follows: (a) maintain a leverage ratio of 78% in 1994, declining on
a graduated scale to 65% in 1999, (b) maintain an interest expense coverage
ratio of 2.0 to 1.0 in 1994 rising on a graduated scale to 3.5 to 1.0 in 1998
and thereafter, (c) maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined in
the revolving credit agreement, of 1.75 to 1.0 in 1994 and 1995, and 2.0 to 1.0
thereafter, and (d) dividends are limited to $8 million for the five quarters
starting with the first quarter of 1994, and are limited to 10% of operating
income plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) thereafter. The revolving
credit agreement also limits capital expenditures, investments, and transactions
with affiliates.
 
     If the company does not issue senior subordinated notes, provisions have
been made so that the revolving credit facility will remain at $250 million and
the rate of interest would become LIBOR plus 1.5% or the prime rate plus .5% (at
the company's option) and the facility would be secured by substantially all of
SPX's assets. Also, the existing SPT debt would remain outstanding in its
current form, including security interests in SPT's assets. The financial
covenants, the most restrictive of which, will require the company (excluding
SPT) to: (a) maintain a leverage ratio of 55% in 1994 and 1995, and 50%
thereafter, (b) maintain an interest expense coverage ratio of 3.0 to 1.0 in
1994, 4.0 to 1.0 in 1995 and 5.0 to 1.0 thereafter, (c) maintenance of a fixed
charge coverage ratio, as defined in the revolving credit agreement, of 2.0 to
1.0 in 1994, 1995 and 1996 and 2.25 to 1.0 thereafter, and (d) dividends
declared before March 31, 1995 and paid before June 30, 1995 are limited to $8
million, and thereafter are limited to 10% of operating income plus depreciation
and amortization (EBITDA) during the preceding twelve months. The revolving
credit agreement also limits capital expenditures, investments, transactions
with affiliates, and transactions with SPT.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   55
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(24) SEALED POWER TECHNOLOGIES -- SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     As discussed in Note 5, the company consolidated SPT's balance sheet at
December 31, 1993. The company's 49% share of SPT's results of operations has
been recognized on the equity method of accounting. Selected historical
financial information on SPT is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1993      1992     1991
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
                                                                  (IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                                           <C>       <C>      <C>
    OPERATING DATA:
    Revenues....................................................  $ 391.6   $355.2   $319.8
    Gross profit................................................     53.8     56.9     45.3
    Selling, distribution, & administrative
      expenses..................................................     28.2     26.7     24.0
    Other (income), net.........................................     (2.0)    (2.8)    (2.0)
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
    Earnings before interest....................................  $  27.6   $ 33.0   $ 23.3
    Interest expense, net.......................................     27.1     29.3     32.1
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
    Income (loss) before cumulative effect of
      change in accounting method...............................  $    .5   $  3.7   $ (8.8)
    Cumulative effect of change in
      accounting method*........................................    (89.5)      --       --
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
    Income (loss)...............................................  $ (89.0)  $  3.7   $ (8.8)
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
    Depreciation and amortization...............................     20.4     19.1     18.7
    Capital expenditures, net...................................     17.8     12.9     13.1
    Research and development....................................      3.4      3.8      3.6
    Pension expense.............................................       .1       --       .2
    Lease rental expense........................................       .9       .9       .9
    Incremental SFAS No. 106 expense............................      6.1       --       --
    BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
    Current assets..............................................  $  76.7   $ 74.6   $ 73.0
    Net property, plant and equipment...........................     91.4     91.1     94.4
    Other assets................................................     13.7     15.1     17.3
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
                                                                  $ 181.8   $180.8   $184.7
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
    Current liabilities.........................................  $  80.0   $ 66.6   $ 57.6
    Long-term liabilities*......................................     97.5      3.0       --
    Long-term debt..............................................    183.5    199.1    218.7
    Partners' capital (deficit).................................   (179.2)   (87.9)   (91.6)
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
                                                                  $ 181.8   $180.8   $184.7
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
                                                                  -------   ------   ------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
*   In 1993, SPT adopted SFAS No. 106, "Employers Accounting for Postretirement
     Benefits other than Pensions."
 
(25) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosure about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" requires disclosure of an estimate of the fair
value of certain financial instruments. The following methods and assumptions
were used by the company in estimating its fair value disclosures:
 
     Cash and temporary cash investments: The carrying amount reported on the
consolidated balance sheet approximates its fair value.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   56
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     Lease Finance Receivables: The carrying amount, which is net of deferred
future lease finance income and reserves for credit losses, approximates fair
value.
 
     Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt and long-term debt:
The fair value of the company's debt either approximates its carrying value or
represents the carrying value plus the early extinguishment costs to be paid in
the first quarter of 1994 or to be paid during the second quarter of 1994.
 
     Interest rate swaps: The fair value represents the early extinguishment
costs required to terminate the arrangement in 1994.
 
     Letters of Credit: The company utilizes letters of credit to back certain
financing instruments and insurance policies. The Letters of Credit reflect fair
value as a condition of their underlying purpose and are subject to fees
competitively determined in the marketplace.
 
     The carrying amounts and fair values of the company's financial instruments
at December 31, 1993 are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     CARRYING      FAIR
                                                                      AMOUNT       VALUE
                                                                     ---------   ---------
    <S>                                                              <C>         <C>
    Cash and temporary cash investments............................  $ 117,843   $ 117,843
    Lease finance receivables......................................     84,847      84,847
    Notes payable and current maturities of long-term
      debt and long-term debt......................................   (430,162)   (457,662)
    Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
      Interest rate swaps..........................................         --      (4,500)
      Letters of Credit............................................         --     (44,700)
</TABLE>
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   57
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
(26) QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The first three quarters of 1993 and each quarter of the years 1992 and
1991 have been restated to reflect the company's previous 49% share of SPT
income or losses and the effect of amortizing the difference between its
investment balance and its share of SPT's initial partnership capital deficit.
The first three quarters of 1993 have also been restated to reflect new
accounting for the company's ESOP.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1993
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------
                                       FIRST        SECOND       THIRD        FOURTH       TOTAL
                                      QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER      QUARTER        YEAR
                                      --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues............................  $179,164     $212,548     $195,079     $169,354     $756,145
Gross profit........................    57,388       70,848       65,265       54,612      248,113
Income (loss) before cumulative
  effect of change in accounting
  methods and extraordinary loss....       357        5,428      (20,256)*     29,671**     15,200
Cumulative effect of change in
  accounting method, net of taxes...   (31,800)          --           --           --      (31,800)
Extraordinary loss, net of taxes....        --           --           --      (24,000)     (24,000)
Net income (loss)...................   (31,443)       5,428      (20,256)       5,671      (40,600)
Income (loss) per share:
  Before cumulative effect of change
     in accounting method and
     extraordinary loss.............  $   0.02     $   0.43     $  (1.61)*   $   2.34**   $   1.20
  Cumulative effect of change in
     accounting method, net of
     taxes..........................     (2.52)          --           --           --        (2.52)
  Extraordinary loss, net of
     taxes..........................        --           --           --        (1.90)       (1.90)
  Net income (loss).................  $  (2.50)    $   0.43     $  (1.61)    $   0.44     $  (3.22)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
*  Includes a pretax restructuring charge of $27.5 million, $18.5 million
   aftertax and $1.47 per share.
** Includes SP Europe equity losses, $21.5 million after tax and $1.71 per
   share. Also includes a pretax gain on the sale of businesses of $105.4
   million, $64.2 million aftertax and $5.07 per share.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1992
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                          FIRST       SECOND      THIRD        FOURTH      TOTAL
                                         QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER      QUARTER       YEAR
                                         --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
                                         (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Revenues................................ $175,230    $217,627    $237,262     $171,050    $801,169
Gross profit............................   58,716      75,166      76,365       57,753     268,000
Income before cumulative effect of
  change in accounting methods..........      948       8,366       9,289        1,957      20,560
Cumulative effect of change in
  accounting methods, net of taxes......   (5,700)         --          --           --      (5,700)
Net income (loss).......................   (4,752)      8,366       9,289        1,957      14,860
Income (loss) per share:
  Before cumulative effect of change
     in accounting methods.............. $    .07    $    .60    $    .67     $    .14    $   1.48
  Cumulative effect of change in
     accounting methods, net of taxes...     (.41)         --          --           --        (.41)
  Net income (loss)..................... $   (.34)   $    .60    $    .67     $    .14    $   1.07
</TABLE>
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   58
 
                        SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1991
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                          FIRST       SECOND      THIRD        FOURTH      TOTAL
                                         QUARTER     QUARTER     QUARTER      QUARTER       YEAR
                                         --------    --------    --------     --------    --------
                                         (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Revenues................................ $156,731    $177,513    $172,000     $167,224    $673,468
Gross profit............................   51,570      59,117      52,275       48,880     211,842
Net income (loss).......................   (4,460)      2,769     (16,539)*     (3,327)    (21,557)
Net income (loss) per share............. $   (.32)   $    .20    $  (1.20)*   $   (.24)   $  (1.56)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* Includes a pretax special charge of $18.2 million, $14.7 million aftertax and
  $1.06 per share.
 
(27) SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
                                PROFIT AND LOSS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 CHARGED TO COSTS AND EXPENSES
                                                                -------------------------------
                                                                 1993        1992        1991
                                                                -------     -------     -------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Maintenance and repairs.......................................  $ 7,539     $ 9,643     $ 6,254
Depreciation and amortization.................................   24,370      25,277      23,771
Payroll taxes.................................................   14,705      12,039      10,244
Advertising...................................................    5,821       6,151       6,278
Research and development costs................................   17,569      14,718      13,113
</TABLE>
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1993        1992
                                                                           -------     -------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
Accrued payrolls.........................................................  $27,554     $12,200
Warranty reserve.........................................................    7,060       8,300
Automotive Diagnostics' restructuring reserve............................   14,533          --
Debt extinguishment reserves.............................................   32,000          --
Amount payable for SPT acquisition.......................................   41,700          --
</TABLE>
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   59
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
     None.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
     (a) Directors of the company.
 
          See the company's Proxy Statement, incorporated by reference as Part
     III of this Form 10-K, under the caption "Election of Directors".
 
     (b) Executive Officers of the company.
 
          See Part I of this Form 10-K at page 10.
 
ITEM 11. MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION AND TRANSACTIONS
 
     See the company's Proxy Statement, incorporated by reference as Part III of
this Form 10-K, under the headings "Compensation of Executive Officers" and
"Directors' Compensation".
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     See the company's Proxy Statement, incorporated by reference as Part III of
this Form 10-K, under the caption "Stock Ownership of Management and Certain
Beneficial Owners".
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     Peter H. Merlin, a Director of the company, is a Partner and
Chairman -- International Department of the law firm of Gardner, Carton &
Douglas which the company has retained in 1993 and many prior years and
anticipates retaining in 1994 and thereafter.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   60
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     (a) The following documents are filed, or incorporated by reference, as
part of this Form 10-K:
 
          1. All financial statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial
             Statements on page 22 of this Form 10-K.
 
          2. Financial Statement Schedules. None required. See page 22 of this
             Form 10-K.
 
        3. Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            ITEM NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
            --------     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            <S>          <C>
                2        Acquisition Agreement between SPX Corporation and Riken Corporation.
                3(i)     Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated herein by
                         reference from the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
                         0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1987.
                 (ii)    Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated April 25, 1988, incorporated
                         herein by reference from the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K,
                         file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
                 (iii)   By-Laws as amended through April 24, 1985, incorporated herein by
                         reference from the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
                         0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1987.
                4(i)     Credit Agreement between SPX Corporation and The First National Bank
                         of Chicago, as agent for the banks named therein, dated as of March
                         24, 1994.
                 (ii)    14 1/2% Senior Subordinated Debentures due May 15, 1999 of Sealed
                         Power Technologies Limited Partnership ("SPT") and SPT Corp.,
                         incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(i) to SPT's and SPT
                         Corp.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year
                         ended December 31, 1989, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 dated
                         July 24, 1990.
                 (iii)   Indenture dated as of May 30, 1989 between SPT, SPT Corp. and Norwest
                         Bank Minnesota, National Association, incorporated herein by reference
                         from Exhibit 4.1 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration
                         Statement 33-27994, filed by SPT and SPT Corp. on August 7, 1989.
                 (iv)    Bank Credit Agreement (the "SPT Credit Agreement") dated as of May 30,
                         1989, between SPT and Chemical Bank, as agent for the banks indicated
                         therein, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to
                         Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement 33-27994,
                         filed by SPT and SPT Corp. on August 7, 1989.
                 (v)     First Amendment and Second Amendment to the SPT Credit Agreement dated
                         as of November 30, 1989 and December 22, 1989, respectively,
                         incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits 4(iv) and 4(v) to SPT's
                         and SPT Corp.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the
                         year ended December 31, 1989, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 8
                         dated July 24, 1990.
                 (vi)    Waiver dated as of March 30, 1990, under the SPT Credit Agreement,
                         incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(vi) to SPT's and SPT
                         Corp.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year
                         ended December 31, 1989, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 dated
                         July 24, 1990.
</TABLE>
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   61
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            ITEM NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
            --------     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            <S>          <C>
                 (vii)   Third Amendment dated as of April 19, 1991, to the SPT Credit
                         Agreement, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(vii) to
                         SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file No.
                         33-27994, for the quarter ended March 31, 1991.
                 (viii)  Fourth Amendment dated as of October 23, 1991, to the SPT Credit
                         Agreement, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(viii) to
                         SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file No.
                         33-27994, for the quarter ended September 30, 1991.
               10(i)     SPX Corporation Executive Share Unit Plan, as amended and restated,
                         incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on
                         Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year
                         ended December 31, 1988.
                 (ii)    Sealed Power Corporation Executive Performance Unit Plan, incorporated
                         herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to
                         the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended
                         December 31, 1988.
                 (iii)   SPX Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended
                         and restated, incorporated herein by reference from the company's
                         Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
                         0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
                 (iv)    SPX Corporation Retirement Plan for Directors, as amended and
                         restated, incorporated herein by reference from the company's
                         Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
                         0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
                 (v)     SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management, as
                         amended and restated, incorporated herein by reference from the
                         company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K,
                         file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
                 (vi)    SPX Corporation Excess Benefit Plan No. 3, as amended and restated,
                         incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on
                         Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year
                         ended December 31, 1988.
                 (vii)   SPX Corporation Executive Severance Agreement, incorporated herein by
                         reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual
                         Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31,
                         1988.
                 (viii)  SPX Corporation Trust Agreement for Supplemental Retirement Plan for
                         Top Management, Excess Benefit Plan No. 3, and Retirement Plan for
                         Directors, incorporated herein by reference from the company's
                         Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
                         0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
                 (ix)    SPX Corporation Trust Agreement for Participants in Executive
                         Severance Agreements, Special Separation Pay Plan for Corporate Staff
                         Executive Personnel Agreements and Special Separation Pay Plan for
                         Corporate Staff Management and Administrative Personnel Agreements,
                         incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on
                         Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year
                         ended December 31, 1988.
                 (x)     SPX Corporation Stock Compensation Plan Limited Stock Appreciation
                         Rights Award, incorporated herein by reference from the company's
                         Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
                         0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
</TABLE>
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   62
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            ITEM NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
            --------     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
            <S>          <C>
                 (xi)    SPX Corporation Stock Ownership Plan, incorporated herein by reference
                         from the company's Current Report on Form 8-K, file No. 0-419, filed
                         on July 26, 1989.
                 (xii)   SPX Corporation Stock Ownership Trust, incorporated herein by
                         reference from the company's Current Report on Form 8-K, file No.
                         0-419, filed on July 26, 1989.
                 (xiii)  SPX Corporation 1992 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by
                         reference from Exhibit 10(iii)(n) to the company's Annual Report on
                         Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1992.
                 (xiv)   SPX Corporation Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
                         incorporated herein by reference from the company's Annual Report on
                         Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1990.
                 (xv)    Sealed Power Technologies L.P. Retirement Savings Fund, incorporated
                         herein by reference from Exhibit 10(viii) to SPT's and SPT Corp.'s
                         Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended
                         December 31, 1989.
                 (xvi)   Sealed Power Technologies L.P. Pension Plan No. 302, incorporated
                         herein by reference from Exhibit 4(ix) to SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Annual
                         Report on Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended December
                         31, 1989.
                 (xvii)  Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership Employee Option Plan,
                         incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(i) to SPT's Form S-8
                         Registration Statement No. 33-35993, filed by SPT and SPT Corp. on
                         July 23, 1990.
               11        Statement re computation of earnings per share. See Consolidated
                         Statement of Income included in this Form 10-K.
               21        Subsidiaries.
               23        Consent of Independent Public Accountants.
               99        Consolidated Financial Statements of SPT and SPT Corp., incorporated
                         herein by reference from SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Annual Report on Form
                         10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended December 31, 1993.
</TABLE>
 
     (b) Reports on Form 8-K.
 
          The company, on October 26, 1993, filed Form 8-K which provided the
     information regarding the divestiture of its Sealed Power Replacement
     division.
 
          The company, on November 5, 1993, filed Form 8-K which provided the
     information regarding the divestiture of its Truth division.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   63
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 25th day of
March, 1994.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
           DALE A. JOHNSON                         CURTIS T. ATKISSON, JR.
        Dale A. Johnson, Chairman                           Curtis T. Atkisson, Jr.
      and Chief Executive Officer;                            President and Chief
                Director                                      Operating Officer;
                                                                   Director
            R. BUDD WERNER                         J. KERMIT CAMPBELL
             R. Budd Werner                                   J. Kermit Campbell
        Vice President, Finance,                                   Director
           Chief Financial and
           Accounting Officer
          FRANK A. EHMANN                          EDWARD D. HOPKINS
             Frank A. Ehmann                                   Edward D. Hopkins
                Director                                           Director
       CHARLES E. JOHNSON II                       REUBEN W. KAPLAN
          Charles E. Johnson II                                Reuben W. Kaplan
                Director                                           Director
          RONALD L. KERBER                         PETER H. MERLIN
            Ronald L. Kerber                                    Peter H. Merlin
                Director                                           Director
          DAVID P. WILLIAMS
            David P. Williams
                Director
</TABLE>
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   64
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NO.                                     DESCRIPTION                                    PAGE
- --------     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----
<C>          <S>                                                                            <C>
    2        Acquisition Agreement between SPX Corporation and Riken Corporation.
    3(i)     Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated herein by reference from
             the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended
             December 31, 1987.
     (ii)    Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated April 25, 1988, incorporated
             herein by reference from the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
             0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
     (iii)   By-Laws as amended through April 24, 1985, incorporated herein by reference
             from the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year
             ended December 31, 1987.
    4(i)     Credit Agreement between SPX Corporation and The First National Bank of
             Chicago, as agent for the banks named therein, dated as of March 24, 1994.
     (ii)    14 1/2% Senior Subordinated Debentures due May 15, 1999 of Sealed Power
             Technologies Limited Partnership ("SPT") and SPT Corp., incorporated herein
             by reference from Exhibit 4(i) to SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Annual Report on
             Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended December 31, 1989, as
             amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 dated July 24, 1990.
     (iii)   Indenture dated as of May 30, 1989 between SPT, SPT Corp. and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, incorporated herein by reference from
             Exhibit 4.1 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement
             33-27994, filed by SPT and SPT Corp. on August 7, 1989.
     (iv)    Bank Credit Agreement (the "SPT Credit Agreement") dated as of May 30, 1989,
             between SPT and Chemical Bank, as agent for the banks indicated therein,
             incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to Post-Effective
             Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement 33-27994, filed by SPT and SPT
             Corp. on August 7, 1989.
     (v)     First Amendment and Second Amendment to the SPT Credit Agreement dated as of
             November 30, 1989 and December 22, 1989, respectively, incorporated herein
             by reference from Exhibits 4(iv) and 4(v) to SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Annual
             Report on Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended December 31,
             1989, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 dated July 24, 1990.
     (vi)    Waiver dated as of March 30, 1990, under the SPT Credit Agreement,
             incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(vi) to SPT's and SPT Corp.'s
             Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended December
             31, 1989, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 dated July 24, 1990.
     (vii)   Third Amendment dated as of April 19, 1991, to the SPT Credit Agreement,
             incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(vii) to SPT's and SPT
             Corp.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file No. 33-27994, for the quarter
             ended March 31, 1991.
     (viii)  Fourth Amendment dated as of October 23, 1991, to the SPT Credit Agreement,
             incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(viii) to SPT's and SPT
             Corp.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file No. 33-27994, for the quarter
             ended September 30, 1991.
   10(i)     SPX Corporation Executive Share Unit Plan, as amended and restated,
             incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form
             8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended
             December 31, 1988.
     (ii)    Sealed Power Corporation Executive Performance Unit Plan, incorporated
             herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the
             Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31,
             1988.
     (iii)   SPX Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended and
             restated, incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No.
             1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year
             ended December 31, 1988.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   65
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NO.                                     DESCRIPTION                                    PAGE
- --------     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----
<C>          <S>                                                                            <C>
     (iv)    SPX Corporation Retirement Plan for Directors, as amended and restated,
             incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form
             8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended
             December 31, 1988.
     (v)     SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management, as amended
             and restated, incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment
             No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K Annual Report, file No.
             0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
     (vi)    SPX Corporation Excess Benefit Plan No. 3, as amended and restated,
             incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form
             8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended
             December 31, 1988.
     (vii)   SPX Corporation Executive Severance Agreement, incorporated herein by
             reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report
             on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
     (viii)  SPX Corporation Trust Agreement for Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top
             Management, Excess Benefit Plan No. 3, and Retirement Plan for Directors,
             incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form
             8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended
             December 31, 1988.
     (ix)    SPX Corporation Trust Agreement for Participants in Executive Severance
             Agreements, Special Separation Pay Plan for Corporate Staff Executive
             Personnel Agreements and Special Separation Pay Plan for Corporate Staff
             Management and Administrative Personnel Agreements, incorporated herein by
             reference from the company's Amendment No. 1 on Form 8 to the Annual Report
             on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1988.
     (x)     SPX Corporation Stock Compensation Plan Limited Stock Appreciation Rights
             Award, incorporated herein by reference from the company's Amendment No. 1
             on Form 8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year
             ended December 31, 1988.
     (xi)    SPX Corporation Stock Ownership Plan, incorporated herein by reference from
             the company's Current Report on Form 8-K, file No. 0-419, filed on July 26,
             1989.
     (xii)   SPX Corporation Stock Ownership Trust, incorporated herein by reference from
             the company's Current Report on Form 8-K, file No. 0-419, filed on July 26,
             1989.
     (xiii)  SPX Corporation 1992 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by
             reference from Exhibit 10(iii)(n) to the the company's Annual Report on Form
             10-K, file No. 0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1992.
     (xiv)   SPX Corporation Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan, incorporated
             herein by reference from the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
             0-419, for the year ended December 31, 1990.
     (xv)    Sealed Power Technologies L.P. Retirement Savings Fund, incorporated herein
             by reference from Exhibit 10(viii) to SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Annual Report on
             Form 10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended December 31, 1989.
     (xvi)   Sealed Power Technologies L.P. Pension Plan No. 302, incorporated herein by
             reference from Exhibit 4(ix) to SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Annual Report on Form
             10-K, file No. 33-27994, for the year ended December 31, 1989.
     (xvii)  Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership Employee Option Plan,
             incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4(i) to SPT's Form S-8
             Registration Statement No. 33-35993, filed by SPT and SPT Corp. on July 23,
             1990.
   11        Statement re computation of earnings per share. See Consolidated Statement
             of Income included in this Form 10-K.
   21        Subsidiaries.
   23        Consent of Independent Public Accountants.
   99        Consolidated Financial Statements of SPT and SPT Corp., incorporated herein
             by reference from SPT's and SPT Corp.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file No.
             33-27994, for the year ended December 31, 1993.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 2




                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                 This PURCHASE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into
as of December 31, 1993, by and among SPX Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("SPX"), Kodiak Partners Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Kodiak"),  Kodiak
Partners II Corp., a newly-formed Delaware corporation and wholly-owned
subsidiary of SPX ("Kodiak II"), Riken Corporation, a Japanese corporation
("Riken"), and Riken International U.S.A., Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Seller").

                 WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Agreement
of Limited Partnership (the "Partnership Agreement") of Sealed Power
Technologies Limited Partnership (the "Partnership") dated as of  October 9,
1991 among Sealed Power Management Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Managing
General Partner"), Kodiak, Seller and various individuals, Seller owns a 48%
limited partnership interest and a 1% general partnership interest in the
Partnership (the "Partnership Interests");

                 WHEREAS, the Managing General Partner has a capitalization
consisting of 500 authorized shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value,
all of which shares are issued and outstanding and owned by Kodiak, and 500
shares of Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, all of which shares are issued
and outstanding and owned by Seller (the "MGP Shares");

                 WHEREAS, Kodiak II desires to purchase the Partnership
Interests and the MGP Shares and Seller desires to sell the Partnership
Interests and the MGP Shares to Kodiak II;

                 WHEREAS, Kodiak currently owns 275 shares of the issued and
outstanding Common Stock, no par value  (the "ARC Shares"), of Allied Ring
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ARC");

                 WHEREAS, Riken desires to purchase the ARC Shares and Kodiak
desires to sell the ARC Shares to Riken;

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties agree
as follows:
<PAGE>   2

                                   ARTICLE I

                  PURCHASE AND SALE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS,
                 MGP SHARES AND ARC SHARES; GUARANTY OF PAYMENT

                 1.1  Agreement to Purchase and Sell the Partnership Interests,
MGP Shares and ARC Shares.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Agreement: (a) Seller hereby agrees to sell and Kodiak II hereby
agrees to purchase from Seller, the Partnership Interests and the MGP Shares,
in each case on the Closing Date (as defined below) free and clear of all
Encumbrances (as defined below) for $39 million (the "Kodiak II Purchase
Price") and (b) Kodiak hereby agrees to sell and Riken hereby agrees to
purchase from Kodiak, the ARC Shares on the Closing Date free and clear of all
Encumbrances for $550,000 (the "ARC Purchase Price").

                 1.2  SPX Guaranty.  SPX hereby absolutely and irrevocably
guarantees to Riken and Seller, the full and prompt payment of the sum of
$38,450,000 (the Kodiak II Purchase Price less the ARC Purchase Price), which
amount is payable by Kodiak II to Riken or Seller at Closing.  This guaranty is
an absolute, unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of payment by Kodiak II and
is in no way conditioned upon any requirement that Riken or Seller first
attempt to collect payment from Kodiak II or any other party, obligor or
guarantor, institute any suit or other legal proceedings against Kodiak II or
any successors thereto, or resort to any other security or other means of
obtaining payment or upon any other contingency whatsoever upon Kodiak II's
failure to make the payment required by Sections 1.1(a) and 1.4(b)(i).

                 1.3  The Closing.  The consummation (the "Closing") of the
transactions contemplated in this Agreement shall take place at the Chicago
offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom at 10:00 a.m., local time, on
March 15 , 1994 or as soon thereafter as practicable following satisfaction or
waiver of all of the conditions set forth in Article IV and Article V hereof or
at such other place and time as may be agreed upon in writing by SPX, Kodiak,
Kodiak II, Riken and Seller (the date on which the Closing occurs is referred
to as the "Closing Date").

                 1.4  Deliveries at Closing. (a)  At or prior to the Closing,
Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Kodiak II the following:

                                    (i)  a certificate evidencing the MGP
                 Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, which certificate
                 shall be properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly
                 executed stock powers, in either case executed in blank or in
                 favor of Kodiak II (with all necessary stock transfer and




                                      2
<PAGE>   3
         other documentary stamps affixed), and otherwise in a form acceptable
         for transfer on the books of the Managing General Partner;

                                   (ii)  an instrument or instruments of
         assignment of the Partnership Interests, together with evidence of
         payment of all applicable transfer and similar taxes, and any other
         documents that are necessary to transfer to Kodiak II good and
         marketable title to the Partnership Interests, free and clear of all
         Encumbrances;

                                  (iii)  resignations of the directors of the
         Managing General Partner elected by Seller; and

                                   (iv)  the certificate required to be
         delivered pursuant to Section 5.4.

                          (b)  At or prior to the Closing, Kodiak II and/or
Kodiak, as the case may be, shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller or
Riken, as the case may be, the following:

                                    (i)  $38,450,000 (the Kodiak II Purchase
         Price less the ARC Purchase Price) by wire transfer of immediately
         available United States funds to an account or accounts designated by
         Seller and Riken;

                                   (ii)  the certificate required to be
         delivered pursuant to Section 4.4; and

                                  (iii)  a certificate evidencing the ARC
         Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, which certificate shall be
         properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock
         powers, in either case executed in blank or in favor of Riken or such
         designee as Riken may have directed prior to the Closing (with all
         necessary stock transfer and other documentary stamps affixed), and
         otherwise in a form acceptable for transfer on the books of ARC.





                                      3
<PAGE>   4
                                   ARTICLE II

               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF RIKEN AND SELLER

                 Riken and Seller jointly and severally represent and warrant
to SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II as follows:

                 2.1  Organization and Qualification.  Riken and Seller are
each corporations duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of their incorporation.  The Partnership Interests
and the MGP Shares represent the only interests of Riken and Seller in the
Partnership and the Managing General Partner.

                 2.2  Ownership of Partnership Interests and MGP Shares.  The
Partnership Interests and the MGP Shares are owned and have been owned at all
times during the immediately preceding twelve months, beneficially and of
record, by Seller, and Seller has complete power and right to sell, assign,
transfer and deliver the Partnership Interests and MGP Shares free and clear of
all options, pledges, security interests, liens, charges or other encumbrances
or restrictions on transfer or voting of any kind whatsoever ("Encumbrances"),
other than restrictions contained in the Partnership Agreement and the
Stockholders Agreement, dated October 9, 1991, between Kodiak and Seller (the
"Stockholders Agreement").  Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, Kodiak II will acquire good and marketable title to the Partnership
Interests and the MGP Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than
restrictions contained in the Partnership Agreement and the Stockholders
Agreement.

                 2.3  Authorization.  Each of Riken and Seller has full
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Board of Directors of
Seller and the Board of Directors of Riken have duly approved and authorized
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and no further corporate action or other
proceeding on the part of Riken or Seller is necessary to approve and authorize
the execution and delivery of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
delivered by Riken and Seller and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of
Riken and Seller, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its
terms, except that such enforcement may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights
generally or to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement
is sought in a proceeding at equity or at law).





                                      4
<PAGE>   5
                 2.4  No Approvals or Conflicts.  Except with respect to the
Partnership Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement, neither the execution and
delivery by Riken or Seller of this Agreement nor the consummation by Riken or
Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) violate, conflict with
or result in a breach of any provision of the charter or by-laws or similar
governing document of Riken or Seller, (ii) violate, conflict with or result in
a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result
in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of Seller's or Riken's properties
or assets, including Seller's interest in the Partnership Interests or the MGP
Shares or upon the properties or assets of any of their respective subsidiaries
or affiliates (including, without limitation, the Partnership) under any note,
indenture, license, franchise, permit, lease, contract, agreement or other
instrument or obligation to which Seller or Riken or any of their respective
subsidiaries or affiliates may be bound or subject, (iii) violate any order,
writ, injunction, decree, judgment, ruling, law, rule or regulation of any
court or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, applicable to the
Partnership or Riken or Seller or any of their respective subsidiaries or
affiliates or any of their respective properties or assets or (iv) require any
consent, approval or authorization of, or notice to, or declaration, filing or
registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority or other person in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by
Riken or Seller; except in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above,
where such violation, conflict, breach, default, termination, acceleration,
creation or failure to obtain or make any such consent, approval,
authorization, notice, declaration, filing or registration, or any other
consequence or event described therein, would not, individually or in the
aggregate, be reasonably likely to adversely affect the ability of Riken or
Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

                 2.5  Investment Intent.  Riken is acquiring the ARC Shares for
its own account and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any
distribution thereof.

                 2.6  Brokers and Finders.  Neither Riken, Seller nor any of
their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates or associates has
employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fees,
commissions or finders' fees in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE III

          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SPX, KODIAK AND KODIAK II

                 SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II jointly and severally represent and
warrant to Riken and Seller as follows:





                                      5
<PAGE>   6
                 3.1  Corporate Organization.  SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II are
each corporations duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the State of Delaware.

                 3.2  Ownership of ARC Shares.  The ARC Shares are owned,
beneficially and of record, by Kodiak, and Kodiak has complete power and right
to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the ARC Shares free and clear of all
Encumbrances.  Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, Riken
will acquire good and marketable title to the ARC Shares, free and clear of all
Encumbrances.

                 3.3  Authorization, etc.  Each of SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II
has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement
and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Board of Directors
of each of SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II has duly approved and authorized the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and no further corporate action or other
proceeding on the part of SPX, Kodiak or Kodiak II is necessary to approve and
authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement by SPX, Kodiak or Kodiak
II or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has
been duly and validly executed and delivered by each of SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak
II and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II,
enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, except that such
enforcement may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally or to
general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
proceeding at equity or at law).

                 3.4  No Approvals or Conflicts.  Neither the execution and
delivery by SPX, Kodiak or Kodiak II of this Agreement nor the consummation by
SPX, Kodiak or Kodiak II of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i)
violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of the
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of SPX, Kodiak or Kodiak II, (ii)
except as shown on Schedule A hereto, violate, conflict with or result in a
breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result
in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of SPX's, Kodiak's or Kodiak II's
properties or assets, including the ARC Shares, or upon the properties or
assets of any of their subsidiaries or affiliates (including, without
limitation, the Partnership), under any note, indenture, license, franchise,
permit, lease, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which
SPX, Kodiak or Kodiak II or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates or any of
their respective properties may be bound or subject, (iii) violate any order,
writ, injunction, decree, judgment, ruling, law, rule or regulation of any
court or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, applicable to SPX, Kodiak
or Kodiak II or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their
respective properties or assets, or (iv) require





                                      6
<PAGE>   7
any consent, approval or authorization of, or notice to, or declaration, filing
or registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority in connection
with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by SPX, Kodiak
or Kodiak II; except in case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, where such
violation, conflict, breach, default, termination, acceleration, creation or
failure to obtain or make any such consent, approval, authorization, notice,
declaration, filing or registration, or any other consequence or event
described therein, would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably
likely to adversely affect the ability of SPX, Kodiak or Kodiak II to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

                 3.5  Investment Intent.  Kodiak II is acquiring the
Partnership Interests and the MGP Shares for its own account and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.

                 3.6  Brokers and Finders.  Neither SPX, Kodiak, Kodiak II nor
any of their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates or
associates has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any
brokerage fees, commissions or finders' fees for which Seller or Riken will be
liable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                 CONDITIONS TO SELLER'S AND RIKEN'S OBLIGATIONS

                 Each and every obligation of Seller and Riken under this
Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the
satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions,
unless waived in writing by Seller and Riken:

                 4.1  Representations and Warranties.  The representations and
warranties made by SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II in this Agreement shall be true
and correct in all material respects when made and at and as of the Closing
Date as though such representations and warranties were made at and as of such
date, except for changes expressly permitted or contemplated by the terms of
this Agreement.

                 4.2  Performance.  Each of  SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II shall
have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements,
obligations and conditions required by this Agreement to be so performed or
complied with by SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II prior to the Closing.





                                      7
<PAGE>   8
                 4.3  Injunctions.  On the Closing Date, there shall be no
injunction, writ, preliminary restraining order or other order in effect of any
nature issued by a court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction
directing that the transactions provided for herein not be consummated as
provided herein.

                 4.4  Officer's Certificate.  Each of SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II
shall have delivered to Seller a certificate, dated the Closing Date and
executed by the President or a Vice President of SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II,
certifying to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and
4.2 hereof.


                                   ARTICLE V

           CONDITIONS TO SPX'S, KODIAK'S AND KODIAK II'S OBLIGATIONS

                 Each and every obligation of SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II under
this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby is subject to
the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following
conditions, unless waived in writing by SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II:

                 5.1  Representations and Warranties.  The representations and
warranties made by Riken and Seller in this Agreement shall be true and correct
in all material respects when made and at and as of the Closing Date as though
such representations and warranties were made at and as of such date, except
for changes expressly permitted or contemplated by the terms of this Agreement.

                 5.2  Performance.  Each of Riken and Seller shall have
performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements,
obligations and conditions required by this Agreement to be so performed or
complied with by Riken or Seller prior to the Closing.

                 5.3  Injunctions.  On the Closing Date there shall be no
injunction, writ, preliminary restraining order or other order in effect of any
nature issued by a court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction
directing that the transactions provided for herein not be consummated as
provided herein.

                 5.4  Officer's Certificate.  Each of Riken and Seller shall
have delivered to SPX, Kodiak and Kodiak II a certificate, dated the Closing
Date and executed by an officer of Riken and Seller, respectively, certifying
to the fulfillment of the conditions specified in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.





                                      8
<PAGE>   9
                 5.5  Consents.  SPX shall have received consents, waivers or
amendments to permit the transactions contemplated herein pursuant to the
agreements listed on Schedule A hereto or, refinancing of the amounts borrowed
pursuant to such agreements upon terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory
to SPX.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

                 6.1  Confidentiality.  Each of Riken and Seller will hold, and
will cause their respective consultants and advisors to hold, in strict
confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process
or, in the opinion of its respective counsel, by other requirements of law, all
documents and information concerning SPX, Kodiak, Kodiak II and the Partnership
furnished to them in connection with this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement
or the Partnership or reflecting or based upon, in whole or in part, such
information, except to the extent that such information can be shown to have
been (i) previously known by the party or parties to which it was furnished
(provided that such information is not subject to another confidentiality
agreement or other obligation of secrecy owed to the party or parties providing
such information), (ii) in the public domain through no fault of the party or
parties to which it was furnished or (iii) later lawfully acquired from other
sources by the party or parties to which it was furnished (provided that such
sources are not known by such party or parties to be bound by a confidentiality
agreement with or other obligation of secrecy to the disclosing party or
parties or another party).  Each of Riken's and Seller's covenant contained in
this Section 6.1 shall continue for five years from the Closing Date, except to
the extent the information referred to herein comes into the public domain
through no fault of the party or parties required to hold it in confidence.

                 6.2  Notice of Breach of Representation or Warranty.  From
time to time prior to the Closing, the parties agree to notify promptly each
other with respect to any matter, condition or occurrence hereafter arising
which, if existing or occurring at the date of this Agreement would have
resulted in the breach of a representation or warranty made in this Agreement.
No such notice with respect to this Agreement shall be deemed to cure any
breach of any representation or warranty made in this Agreement so as to permit
the Closing to occur unless SPX, Kodiak, Kodiak II, Riken or Seller, as the
case may be, specifically agrees thereto in writing.

                 6.3  Covenant to Satisfy Conditions.  Each of Riken, Seller,
Kodiak, Kodiak II and SPX agree to use reasonable efforts to insure that the
conditions set forth in Article IV





                                      9
<PAGE>   10
and Article V hereof are satisfied, insofar as such matters are within the
control of any of them.

                 6.4  Obligations under Partnership Agreement.  Each of Riken
and Seller agrees that from and after the date hereof they shall not take any
position in any tax return, amended tax return or audit or otherwise with
respect to taxes that is inconsistent with any provision of the Partnership
Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4 and Section 6.1,
as of the Effective Date (as defined below), Seller shall no longer be deemed
to be a partner in the Partnership and shall not have any continuing obligation
or liability to any other partner of the Partnership or the Partnership and no
other partner or the Partnership shall have any continuing obligation or
liability to Seller or Riken, in each case, under the terms of the Partnership
Agreement.

                 6.5  Effective Date.  Each of Riken, Seller, SPX, Kodiak and
Kodiak II agree that the transfer of the MGP Shares and Partnership Interests
by Seller to Kodiak II and the transfer of the ARC Shares by SPX to Riken shall
be effective immediately prior to the close of business on December 31, 1993
(the "Effective Date").


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  TERMINATION

                 7.1  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and
abandoned at any time prior to Closing:

                          (a)  by the mutual written consent of Riken, Seller,
Kodiak, Kodiak II and SPX; or

                          (b)  by either Riken, Seller, Kodiak, Kodiak II or
SPX in the event the Closing has not occurred on or before September 30, 1994;
provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement shall not be
available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this
Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to
occur on or before such date.

                 7.2  Effect of Termination.  In the event of any termination
of this Agreement, neither party to this Agreement will have any liability to
the other, except for any breach of any provisions of this Agreement.





                                      10
<PAGE>   11

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             CONDUCT OF BUSINESS OF
                        PARTNERSHIP PENDING THE CLOSING

                 8.1  Regular Course of Business.  Prior to the Closing, the
parties hereto agree to use best efforts to insure that the Partnership shall
carry on the Partnership Operations (as hereinafter defined) substantially in
the same manner as heretofore conducted, and shall not institute with respect
to the Partnership Operations any new methods of purchase, sale, lease,
management, or accounting or operation or engage in any transaction or
activity, enter into any agreement or make any commitment relating to the
Partnership Operations, except in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Partnership
Operations" means all of the Partnership's properties, assets, operations and
businesses and all other rights and privileges, real, personal or mixed,
intangible or tangible, pertaining, or relating to the Partnership's divisions
of every kind and description, wherever such properties, assets, operations and
businesses may be located, as the same exist on the date of this Agreement.

                 8.2  Organization.  Prior to the Closing, the parties hereto
agree to use best efforts to insure that the Partnership shall preserve the
relationships of the Partnership Operations with lessors, suppliers,
distributors, customers and others having business relations with it; provided,
however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Partnership from asserting any
claims against any such lessors, suppliers, distributors, customers and others.

                 8.3  Compliance with Laws.  The parties hereto agree to use
best efforts to insure that the Partnership shall use all reasonable efforts to
comply duly with all laws applicable to the Partnership Operations, the
violation of which would be reasonably likely to result in a material adverse
effect upon the Partnership Operations.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                 9.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  The several
representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement or in
any instrument delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing Date for a
period of one year; provided however, that the representations and warranties
contained in Sections 2.2 and 3.2 shall survive the Closing Date without
limitation.





                                      11
<PAGE>   12
                 9.2  Fees and Expenses.  Each of the parties shall bear its
own expenses in connection with the negotiation and consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  If either of the parties has
retained a broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated
herein, such party shall bear the fees and expenses of such broker or finder.

                 9.3  Further Assurances.  From time to time, each party,
without further consideration, will execute and deliver such documents
(including, without limitations, any tax election) and take such action as the
other party may reasonably request in order to more effectively consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby and to vest in Kodiak II title to the
Partnership Interests and the MGP Shares and to vest in Riken title to the ARC
Shares.  SPX agrees to negotiate in good faith with its creditors to obtain all
necessary modifications, consents, amendments or waivers which may be required
pursuant to the agreements listed on Schedule A attached hereto that are not
being repaid or refinanced as contemplated by Section 5.5.

                 9.4  Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York (without
giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws).  The parties acknowledge
and agree that each has entered into this Agreement in the mutual expectation
that its terms and conditions will be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the substantive laws of the State of New York.  Therefore, the parties
waive any right which any of them may have to challenge the efficacy of this
provision or to contend that the laws of any other jurisdiction should govern
the interpretation of this Agreement because such other jurisdiction has more
significant contacts with, or a greater interest in, the matter in dispute than
does the State of New York.  Each party agrees that any suit, action or
proceeding with respect to this Agreement, and the performance of the parties
hereunder shall only be brought in the Courts of the State of New York in the
County of New York, City of New York, or in the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York.  Accordingly, each party submits
irrevocably to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such Court for the purpose of
any such suit, action or proceeding and waives irrevocably both any right which
it may have to bring any such suit, action or proceeding in any forum other
than a Court of the State of New York in the County of New York, City of New
York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New
York, and any defense which it may have to the enforcement of this provision,
whether based on the inconvenience of the forum or otherwise.  Each party
acknowledges that service of process in any such suit, action or proceeding may
be effected in any manner then permitted, as the case may be, under the New
York Civil Practice Law and Rules or the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure of
the United States of America (or any instrument corresponding thereto).





                                      12
<PAGE>   13
                 9.5  Amendment.  This Agreement may not be amended, modified
or supplemented except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement
executed by the parties hereto.

                 9.6  No Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions
hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and permitted assigns, but, except as provided in
this Section 9.6, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or
obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without
the prior written consent of the other parties; Kodiak II may assign all or any
portion of its rights and obligations to purchase the Partnership Interests and
the MGP Shares under this Agreement to any person, corporation, business trust,
joint venture, association or company (a "Kodiak Permitted Assignee"); Riken
may assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations to purchase the ARC
Shares to a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Riken (a "Riken
Permitted Assignee").  If such assignment shall be made by Kodiak II or Riken,
as the case may be, such Kodiak Permitted Assignee or Riken Permitted Assignee
shall be entitled to all of the rights and shall assume all of the obligations
of Kodiak II or Riken, as the case may be, with respect to such assignment but
such assignment shall not relieve Kodiak II or Riken, as the case may be,  of
its obligations hereunder.

                 9.7  Publicity.  None of  SPX, Riken, Kodiak, Kodiak II or
Seller shall make or issue, or cause to be made or issued, any announcement or
written statement concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby for dissemination to the general public without the prior written
consent of the other parties.  This provision shall not apply, however, to any
announcement or written statement required, in the opinion of counsel to such
party, to be made by law or the regulations of any federal or state
governmental agency or any stock exchange, except that the party required to
make such announcement shall, whenever practicable, consult with the other
parties concerning the timing and content of such announcement before such
announcement is made.

                 9.8  Waiver.  Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement
which may be lawfully waived may be waived in writing at any time by the party
which is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Any waiver of any of the provisions
of this Agreement by any party hereto shall be binding only if set forth in an
instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.  No failure to enforce
any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver
of such provision and no waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement
shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof
(whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

                 9.9  Notices.  Any notices and other communications to be
given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be
deemed to have been given upon the





                                      13
<PAGE>   14
earliest of delivery thereof if by hand or upon receipt if sent by mail
(registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested), or
on the second business day after deposit if sent by a recognized overnight
delivery service or upon transmission if sent by telex or facsimile
transmission (with request for assurance of receipt in a manner customary for
communications of such type) as follows:

If to SPX or Kodiak II:

                 SPX Corporation
                 100 Terrace Plaza
                 Muskegon, Michigan  49443
                 Attention:  General Counsel

with a copy to:

                 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
                 333 West Wacker Drive
                 Chicago, Illinois  60606
                 Attention:  William R. Kunkel

If to Riken or Seller:

                 Riken Corporation
                 13-5 Kudankita 1-chome
                 Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 102 Japan
                 Attention:  Managing Director

with a copy to:

                 Whitman, Breed, Abbott & Morgan
                 200 Park Avenue
                 New York, New York  10166
                 Attention:  Jay Gladis


or to such other address as any party hereto may, from time to time, designate
in a written notice given in like manner.

                 9.10  Complete Agreement.  This Agreement and the other
documents and writings referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, contain
the entire understanding of





                                      14
<PAGE>   15
the parties with respect to their subject matter.  There are no restrictions,
agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings other than those
expressly set forth in such documents with respect to the subject matter of
this Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement supersedes
all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the
parties with respect to such subject matter.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.

                 9.11  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement
and each of which shall be deemed an original.

                 9.12  Headings.  The headings contained in this Agreement are
for reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

                 9.13  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or
unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof
in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provision of this Agreement
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

                 9.14  Third Party Beneficiaries.  Nothing in this Agreement,
expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the
parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns (including,
without limitation, a Permitted Assignee pursuant to Section 9.6), any rights,
remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.





                                      15
<PAGE>   16
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SPX, Kodiak, Kodiak II, Riken and Seller
have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as
of the day and year first above written.

                                    SPX CORPORATION



                                    By:   /s/ Dale A. Johnson             
                                    Name: Dale A. Johnson
                                    Title: Chairman & Chief Executive Officer


                                    KODIAK PARTNERS CORP.



                                    By:   /s/ James M. Sheridan           
                                    Name: James M. Sheridan
                                    Title: Vice President


                                    KODIAK PARTNERS II CORP.



                                    By:   /s/ James M. Sheridan           
                                    Name: James M. Sheridan
                                    Title: Vice President


                                    RIKEN CORPORATION



                                    By:   /s/ Ko Chiba                        
                                    Name: Ko Chiba
                                    Title: President






<PAGE>   17
                                       RIKEN INTERNATIONAL U.S.A.,
                                        INC.


                                       By:   /s/ T. Suzuki                  
                                       Name: T. Suzuki
                                       Title: President






<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 4(i)









                               CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                     AMONG


                               SPX CORPORATION,

                                 as Borrower,

                           THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN


                                      and



                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,

                                   as Agent


                                  DATED AS OF


                                MARCH 24, 1994












<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                                  ARTICLE II

                                  THE CREDITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     2.1. Revolving Credit Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     2.2. Ratable Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     2.3. Types of Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     2.4. Commitment Fee; Reductions in Aggregate Revolving 
          Credit Commitment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     2.5. Minimum Amount of Each Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     2.6. Optional Principal Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
     2.7. Mandatory Commitment Reductions and Prepayments. . . . . . . . .  22
     2.8. Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances.  23
     2.9. Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances. . . . . . .  24
     2.10. Changes in Interest Rate, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     2.11. Rates Applicable After Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     2.12. Method of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     2.13. Notes; Telephonic Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
     2.14. Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis. . . . . . . . .  26
     2.15. Notification by Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     2.16. Lending Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     2.17. Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     2.18. Withholding Tax Exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     2.19. Agent's Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
     2.20.Facility Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
          2.20.1  Issuance of Facility Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . .  28
          2.20.2  Participating Interests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
          2.20.3  Facility Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligations. . .  29
          2.20.4  Procedure for Issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
          2.20.5  Nature of the Lenders' Obligations . . . . . . . . . . .  32
          2.20.6  Facility Letter of Credit Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     2.21.Extension of Facility Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

                                  ARTICLE III

                            CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES. . . . . . . . . . . .  35
     3.1. Yield Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
     3.2. Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     3.3. Availability of Types of Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     3.4. Funding Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
     3.5. Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . .  37

                                  ARTICLE IV
<PAGE>   3
                             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
     4.1. Initial Loan and Facility Letter of Credit . . . . . . . . . . .  37
     4.2. Each Advance and Facility Letter of Credit . . . . . . . . . . .  40
  
                                   ARTICLE V

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . .  41
     5.1. Corporate or Partnership Existence and Standing. . . . . . . . .  41
     5.2. Authorization and Validity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
     5.3. Compliance with Laws and Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
     5.4. Governmental Consents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
     5.5. Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     5.6. Material Adverse Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     5.7. Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
     5.8. Litigation and Contingent Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     5.9. Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     5.10. ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     5.11. Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     5.12. Federal Reserve Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     5.13. Investment Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     5.14. Certain Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     5.15. Solvency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     5.16. Ownership of Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     5.17. Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
     5.18. Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     5.19. Employee Controversies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     5.20. Material Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     5.21. Acquisition Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     5.22. Environmental Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
     5.23. Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
     5.24. Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49

                                  ARTICLE VI

                                   COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     6.1. Financial Reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     6.2. Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
     6.3. Notice of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     6.4. Conduct of Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     6.5. Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     6.6. Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
     6.7. Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     6.8. Maintenance of Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     6.9. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     6.10. Capital Stock and Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     6.11. Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
     6.12. Merger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     6.13. Sale of Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     6.14. Sale of Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     6.15. Sale and Leaseback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     6.16. Investments and Purchases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     6.17. Contingent Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58


                                     -ii-
<PAGE>   4
     6.18. Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     6.19. Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
     6.20. Lease Rentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.21. Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.22. Affiliates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.23. Amendments to Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.24. Rate Hedging Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.25. Environmental Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
     6.26. Agreements as to Prohibited Acts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
     6.27. Change in Corporate or Partnership Structure; Fiscal Year . . .  62
     6.28. Inconsistent Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
     6.29. Financial Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
          6.29.1.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
          Leverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
          6.29.2.  Interest Expense Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
          6.29.3.  Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
     6.30. Tax Consolidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
     6.31. ERISA Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                   DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES . . . . . .  68
     8.1. Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
     8.2. Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
     8.3. Preservation of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70

                                  ARTICLE IX

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     9.1. Survival of Representations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     9.2. Governmental Regulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     9.3. Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
     9.4. Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     9.5. Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     9.6. Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement. . . . . . . . .  71
     9.7. Expenses; Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
     9.8. Numbers of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
     9.9. Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
     9.10. Severability of Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
     9.11. Nonliability of Lenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
     9.12. CHOICE OF LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     9.13. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     9.14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     9.15. Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
     9.16. Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74

                                   ARTICLE X


                                    -iii-
<PAGE>   5
                                   THE AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
     10.1.  Appointment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
     10.2.  Powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
     10.3.  General Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
     10.4.  No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc.. . . . . . . . . .  74
     10.5.  Action on Instructions of Lenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     10.6.  Employment of Agents and Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     10.7.  Reliance on Documents; Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
     10.8.  Agent's Reimbursement and Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . .  75
     10.9.  Rights as a Lender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
     10.10. Lender Credit Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
     10.11. Successor Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
     10.12. Notice of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77

                                  ARTICLE XI

                           SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     11.1.  Setoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
     11.2.  Ratable Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77

                                  ARTICLE XII

               BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
     12.1.  Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
     12.2.  Participations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
          12.2.1.  Permitted Participants; Effect.   . . . . . . . . . . .  78
          12.2.2.  Voting Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
          12.2.3.  Benefit of Setoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
     12.3.  Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
          12.3.1.  Permitted Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
          12.3.2.  Effect; Effective Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
     12.4.  Dissemination of Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
     12.5.  Tax Treatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80

                                 ARTICLE XIII

                                    NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
     13.1.  Giving Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80
     13.2.  Change of Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81


                                     -iv-
<PAGE>   6
                                   EXHIBITS

Exhibit A (Section 1)Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B (Section 6.1(e))Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C (Section 12.3.1)Assignment Agreement
Exhibit D (Section 1)Reimbursement Agreement
Exhibit E (Section 1)Subsidiary Guaranty

                                   SCHEDULES


Schedule 2.21(b)(iii)-   Indebtedness of SPT to be Repaid
                         From Subordinated Notes Proceeds
Schedule 2.21(c)(i)  -   Amendments (Permanent Facility)
Schedule 2.21(c)(ii) -   Amendments (Alternate Permanent Facility)
Schedule 4.1(k)      -   Subsidiaries Delivering Charter Documents
Schedule 5.3         -   Approvals and Consents
Schedule 5.8         -   Litigation and Material Contingent
                         Obligations
Schedule 5.9         -   Capitalization and Capital Contributions
Schedule 5.10        -   ERISA
Schedule 5.14        -   Brokers' Fees
Schedule 5.17        -   Indebtedness
Schedule 6.2         -   Indebtedness to be Repaid on or after the
Closing Date
Schedule 6.16        -   Investments
Schedule 6.18        -   Liens



                                     -v-
<PAGE>   7
  
                               CREDIT AGREEMENT


     This Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 1994, is among 
SPX CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, the Lenders and THE FIRST NATIONAL 
BANK OF CHICAGO, individually and as Agent.


                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Borrower is party to a certain Purchase Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), pursuant to which contemporaneously herewith the Borrower
is consummating the Acquisition;

     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested the Lenders to make financial
accommodations available to it in the aggregate principal amount of
$250,000,000, the proceeds of which the Borrower will use (a) in part to repay
certain indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (b) for the
working capital needs and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
undertakings herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the
Lenders and the Agent hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement:

     "Acquisition" means the acquisition by the Borrower of a 49% partnership
interest in SPT pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

     "Acquisition Documents" means the Purchase Agreement and the other
documents, certificates and agreements delivered in connection with the
Acquisition.

     "Advance" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of the aggregate amount
of the several Loans made on the same Borrowing Date by the Lenders to the
Borrower of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Advances, for the same
Interest Period.

     "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.  A Person
shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or
more of any class of voting securities (or other ownership interests) of the
controlled Person or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person,
whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise.


<PAGE>   8

     "Agent" means First Chicago in its capacity as agent for the Lenders
pursuant to Article X, and not in its individual capacity as a Lender, and any
successor Agent appointed pursuant to Article X.

     "Aggregate Available Commitment" means, at any time, the Aggregate
Revolving Credit Commitment minus the Facility Letter of Credit Obligations and
minus the Debt Repayment Reserve as in effect from time to time, subject to the
provisions of Section 2.1(a) hereof.


     "Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment" means the aggregate of the
Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders hereunder.

     "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, modified 
or restated and in effect from time to time.

     "Agreement Accounting Principles" means generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect on March 15, 1994, applied in a manner consistent with
those used in preparing the financial statements referred to in Section 5.5.

     "Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate of interest per annum
equal to the higher of (a) the Corporate Base Rate for such day, and (b) the
sum of the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2% per annum.

     "Alternate Permanent Facility" means this credit facility subsequent to
the extension of the Facility Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.21(b).

     "Alternate Permanent Facility Term" means the period commencing on the
effective date of the extension of the Facility Termination Date pursuant to
Section 2.21(b) and ending on the Facility Termination Date.

     "Applicable Margin" means, during the applicable Term, the margin
determined by reference to the table set forth below.  The Applicable Margin
shall, during the Alternate Permanent Facility Term, be subject to adjustment
(upwards or downwards, as appropriate) based on the Leverage Ratio (expressed
as a percentage) in accordance with the table set forth below; provided that no
such adjustment shall be made prior to the first anniversary of the date
hereof. The Leverage Ratio shall be determined from the then most recent annual
or quarterly financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section
6.1(a) or 6.1(b) and the officer's certificate delivered by the Borrower with
such financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(d).  The adjustment, if any,
to the Applicable Margin shall be effective commencing on the first Business
Day after the delivery of such financial statements and officer's certificate. 
Until financial statements for the first complete fiscal quarter ending after
the first day of the Alternate Permanent Facility Term have been


                                     -2-
<PAGE>   9
    
delivered by the Borrower, the maximum Applicable Margin shall apply. 
In the event that the Borrower shall at any time fail to furnish to the Lenders
any of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Sections
6.1(a) and 6.1(b) or the officer's certificate required to be delivered with
such financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(d), the maximum Applicable
Margin shall apply until such time as such financial statements and officer's
certificate are so delivered.

                               Applicable Margin

     (a)  Interim Facility Term 

          Alternate Base Eurodollar
            Rate Plus    Rate Plus 

             0%                 1.00%

     (b)  Permanent Facility Term 

          Alternate Base Eurodollar
            Rate Plus    Rate Plus 

             .50%               1.50%

     (c)  Alternate Permanent Facility Term

           Leverage RatioAlternate BaseEurodollar
          (as a percentage)  Rate PlusRate Plus 

          Greater than or
          equal to 51%        0%                1.00%

          Less than 51%       0%                .875%  

     "Article" means an article of this Agreement unless another document is
specifically referenced.

     "Asset Disposition" means any sale, transfer or other disposition of
any asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any Excluded
Subsidiary) in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions
(other than the sale of inventory in the ordinary course), including any
Incremental Receivables Financing.

     "Authorized Officer" means any of the president, chief financial
officer or treasurer of the Borrower, acting singly.



     "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11, United States Code, sections 1 et  
seq., as the same may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto
or replacement therefor which may be hereafter enacted.



                                     -3- 
<PAGE>   10

     "Borrower" means SPX Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its
successors and assigns.

     "Borrowing Date" means a date on which an Advance is made or a Facility
Letter of Credit is issued hereunder.

     "Borrowing Notice" is defined in Section 2.8.

     "Business Day" means (a) with respect to any borrowing, payment or rate
selection of Eurodollar Advances, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on
which banks generally are open in Chicago and New York for the conduct of
substantially all of their commercial lending activities and on which dealings
in United States dollars are carried on in the London interbank market, and (b)
for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks
generally are open in Chicago for the conduct of substantially all of their
commercial lending activities.

     "Capital Expenditures" means, without duplication, any expenditures for
any purchase or other acquisition for value of any asset that would be
classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
(but excluding any Excluded Subsidiary) prepared in accordance with Agreement
Accounting Principles as a fixed or capital asset excluding (a) the cost of
assets acquired under Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) expenditures of
insurance proceeds to rebuild or replace any asset after a casualty loss, and
(c) leasehold improvement expenditures for which the Borrower or a Subsidiary
(other than any Excluded Subsidiary) is reimbursed promptly by the lessor.

     "Capitalized Lease" of a Person means any lease of Property by such
Person as lessee which would be capitalized on a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Capitalized Lease Obligations" of a Person means the amount of the
obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases which would be shown as a
liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with
Agreement Accounting Principles.
     
     "Change" is defined in Section 3.2.

     "Change in Control" means (a) the acquisition by any Person, or two or
more Persons acting in concert, including without limitation any acquisition
effected by means of any transaction contemplated by Section 6.12, of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 25% or more
of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Borrower, but excluding any
such acquisition by any Person owning 10% or more of the outstanding shares of
the Borrower's voting stock as of the date hereof, or (b) during any period of
25 consecutive calendar months, commencing on the date of this Agreement, the
ceasing of those


                                     -4-
<PAGE>   11

individuals (the "Continuing Directors") who (i) were directors of the
Borrower on the first day of each such period or (ii) subsequently became
directors of the Borrower and whose initial election or initial nomination for
election subsequent to that date was approved by a majority of the Continuing
Directors then on the board of directors of the Borrower, to constitute a
majority of the board of directors of the Borrower.

     "Closing Transactions" is defined in Section 4.1(d).

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or
otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Commitment" means, for each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to
make Loans and participate in Facility Letters of Credit not exceeding in the
aggregate the amount set forth opposite its signature below, as such amount may
be modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

     "Condemnation" is defined in Section 7.8.

     "Consolidated" or "consolidated", when used in connection with any
calculation, means a calculation to be determined on a consolidated basis for
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (but excluding any Excluded Subsidiary other
than for purposes of Section 6.1) in accordance with Agreement Accounting
Principles.

     "Consolidated Interest Charges" means, with respect to any period for
which the amount thereof is to be determined, the sum of (i) all interest on
Indebtedness paid or payable during such period (including the interest
component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, interest associated with a
Contingent Obligation and interest paid or accrued by any Excluded Subsidiary
on any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is with recourse to the Borrower (but
excluding fees and costs which may be capitalized as transaction costs in
accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles), and (ii) all debt discount
and expense amortized or required to be amortized during such period, in each
of cases (i) and (ii) with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other
than any Excluded Subsidiary except as set forth above) determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any computation period, with
respect to the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries (other
than any Subsidiary which is restricted from declaring or paying dividends or
otherwise advancing funds to its parent whether by contract or otherwise,
including without limitation any Excluded Subsidiary), net income earned during
such period in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles; provided,
however, that Consolidated Net Income shall not include and shall be computed
without regard to any gains in excess of losses resulting from the sale,
conversion or other disposition of capital assets (i.e., assets other than
current assets).


                                     -5-
<PAGE>   12

     "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of computation, the
consolidated common stockholders' equity of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) as of such date determined in
accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Consolidated Person" means, for the taxable year of reference, each
Person (including any Excluded Subsidiary) which is a member of the affiliated
group of the Borrower if consolidated returns are or shall be filed for such
affiliated group for federal income tax purposes or any combined or unitary
group of which the Borrower is a member for state income tax purposes.

     "Contingent Obligation" of a Person means any agreement, undertaking or
arrangement by which such Person assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently
agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise becomes or
is contingently liable upon, the obligation or liability of any other Person,
or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial
condition of any other Person, or otherwise assures any creditor of such other
Person against loss, including, without limitation, any comfort letter,
operating agreement or take-or-pay contract or application for a Letter of
Credit.  For purposes of calculating financial covenants hereunder, Contingent
Obligations shall not include, (a) with respect to the Borrower, any
obligations incurred under or in connection with the Existing Receivables
Financing or any Incremental Receivables Financing, to the extent such
obligations are non-recourse to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (b) with
respect to SPX Credit, any obligations incurred under or in connection with any
SPX Credit Lease Financing. 

     "Controlled Group" means all members of a controlled group of
corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under
common control which, together with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

     "Conversion/Continuation Notice" is defined in Section 2.9.

     "Corporate Base Rate" means a rate per annum equal to the corporate
base rate of interest announced by First Chicago from time to time, changing
when and as said corporate base rate changes.  The Corporate Base Rate is a
reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate of
interest actually charged to any customer.  First Chicago may make commercial
loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Corporate Base
Rate.

     "Current Assets" means all current assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary), on a consolidated basis, as
of any date of determination thereof calculated in accordance with Agreement
Accounting Principles.


                                     -6-
<PAGE>   13

     "Current Liabilities" means all current liabilities of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) which should, in
accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles, be classified as current
liabilities, and in any event shall include all Indebtedness payable on demand
or within one year from the date of determination without any option on the
part of the obligor to extend or renew beyond such year, all accruals for
federal or other taxes based on or measured by income and payable within such
year, but excluding the current portion of long-term Indebtedness required to
be paid within one year.

     "Debt Repayment Reserve" means a reserve established on the date hereof
against amounts otherwise available for Advances under the Aggregate Available
Commitment in an aggregate amount equal to $220,000,000, as such reserve may be
reduced from time to time or terminated pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

     "Default" means an event described in Article VII.

     "EBITDA" means, for any applicable computation period, Consolidated Net
Income,  plus (a) Taxes paid or payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
(other than any Excluded Subsidiary) for such period, (b) Consolidated Interest
Charges paid or accrued during such period, and (c) amortization and
depreciation deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period. 

     "Environmental Laws" is defined in Section 5.22.
     
     "Environmental Permits" is defined in Section 5.22.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Eurodollar Advance" means an Advance which bears interest at the
Eurodollar Rate.

     "Eurodollar Base Rate" means, with respect to a Eurodollar Advance for
the relevant Interest Period, the rate determined by the Agent to be the rate
at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by First Chicago to first-class
banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time)
two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, in the
approximate amount of First Chicago's relevant Eurodollar Advance and having a
maturity approximately equal to such Interest Period.

     "Eurodollar Rate" means, with respect to a Eurodollar Advance for the
relevant Interest Period, the sum of (a) the quotient of (i) the Eurodollar
Base Rate applicable to such Interest Period, divided by (ii) one minus the
Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Interest
Period, plus (b) the Applicable Margin.  The Eurodollar Rate shall be rounded
to the


                                     -7-
<PAGE>   14

next higher multiple of 1/16 of 1% if the rate is not such a multiple.  

     "Excess Cash Flow" means, for any applicable computation period, (a)
the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) amortization,
depreciation and other non-cash charges deducted in determining Consolidated
Net Income for such period, minus (b) the sum of (i) actual cash expenditures
for Capital Expenditures made during such period by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) permitted under this
Agreement, plus (ii) principal payments made during such period on all
Indebtedness (exclusive of mandatory prepayments made from Excess Cash Flow
during such period), and minus (c) the increase (or plus the decrease, as the
case may be), as of the last day of a fiscal year from the last day of the
previous fiscal year in the excess of Current Assets over Current Liabilities,
assuming for purposes of calculating such amounts that the Borrower has
conducted its business in the ordinary course and in accordance with past
practices.

     "Excluded Subsidiary" means, during the Interim Facility Term and the
Permanent Facility Term only, SPT and any Subsidiary of SPT.

     "Existing Borrower Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Borrower
or its Subsidiaries described on Schedule 6.2 hereto which will not be repaid
on the date hereof but which will be repaid on or prior to the respective
repayment dates set forth on such schedule with respect to each such item of
Indebtedness.

     "Existing Receivables Financing" means obligations of the Borrower in
an aggregate amount of $25,900,000 incurred or issued pursuant to the terms of
those certain Agreements, each dated as of April 30, 1991, between the Borrower
and each of The First National Bank of Chicago and Falcon Asset Securitization
Corporation, as the same may be extended or renewed so long as such extension
or renewal is on the terms and conditions currently in effect or on other terms
and conditions, including those relating to advance rates, reasonably
satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

     "Facility Letter of Credit" means a standby Letter of Credit issued
pursuant to Section 2.20.

     "Facility Letter of Credit Obligations" means, as at the time of
determination thereof, the sum of (a) the Reimbursement Obligations then
outstanding and (b) the aggregate then undrawn face amount of the then
outstanding Facility Letters of Credit.

     "Facility Letter of Credit Sublimit" means an aggregate amount of
$35,000,000, of which not more than $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding
shall be used by the Borrower for Facility Letters of Credit to support its
workers compensation program. 


                                     -8-
<PAGE>   15

     "Facility Termination Date" means June 30, 1994, subject to extension
to March 15, 1999 as provided in Section 2.21.

     "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, an interest rate per
annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal
funds brokers on such day, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day
which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:00
a.m. (Chicago time) on such day on such transactions received by the Agent from
three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent in its
sole discretion.  

     "Financial Statements" is defined in Section 5.5.

     "First Chicago" means The First National Bank of Chicago in its
individual capacity, and its successors.

     "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means for any applicable computation
period, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such period plus Rentals paid or payable
for such period by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded
Subsidiary unless the liability for such Rentals is recourse to the Borrower),
to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

     "Fixed Charges" means, for any applicable computation period, the sum
of (a) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (b) actual Indebtedness
(including Indebtedness of any Excluded Subsidiary if such Indebtedness is
recourse to the Borrower) paid or payable during such period pursuant to the
scheduled amortization of such Indebtedness (excluding the mandatory
prepayments, if any, made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) in connection with a
reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section
2.7(c)), (c) any Rentals paid or payable during such period by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary unless the liability for
such Rentals is recourse to the Borrower), and (d) Taxes actually paid or
payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded
Subsidiary) for such period.  

     "Floating Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to (a) the
Alternate Base Rate for such day, plus (b) the Applicable Margin, in each case
changing when and as the Alternate Base Rate changes.  

     "Floating Rate Advance" means an Advance which bears interest at the
Floating Rate.

     "Hazardous Materials" is defined in Section 5.22.


                                     -9-
<PAGE>   16

     "Incremental Receivables Financing" means obligations of the Borrower
incurred or issued pursuant to an increase in the Existing Receivables
Financing or pursuant to a separate securitized receivables facility
substantially similar to the Existing Receivables Financing and otherwise on
terms and conditions, including those relating to advance rates, reasonably
satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

     "Indebtedness" of a Person means such Person's (a) obligations for
borrowed money, (b) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of
Property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary
course of such Person's business payable on terms customary in the trade), (c)
obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable out of the
proceeds or production from Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such
Person, (d) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other
instruments, (e) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (f) Rate Hedging Obligations,
(g) Contingent Obligations, (h) obligations for which such Person is obligated
pursuant to or in respect of a Letter of Credit, (i) repurchase obligations or
liabilities of such Person with respect to accounts receivable or notes
receivable sold by such Person, (j) with respect to the Borrower, obligations
incurred under or in connection with the Existing Receivables Financing or any
Incremental Receivables Financing, notwithstanding the manner in which such
obligations are characterized on a balance sheet of the Borrower prepared in
accordance with GAAP, provided that for purposes of calculating financial
covenants hereunder, such obligations shall be included only to the extent such
obligations are with recourse to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and
(k) with respect to SPX Credit, obligations incurred under or in connection
with any SPX Credit Lease Financing, notwithstanding the manner in which such
obligations are characterized on a balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP, provided that for purposes of
calculating financial covenants hereunder, such obligations shall be excluded
as Indebtedness. 

     "Interest Expense Coverage Ratio" means, for any applicable computation
period, the ratio of EBITDA for such period to Consolidated Interest Charges
for such period.

     "Interest Period" means, with respect to a Eurodollar Advance, a period
of one, two, three or six months commencing on a Business Day selected by the
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.  Such Interest Period shall end on (but
exclude) the day which corresponds numerically to such date one, two, three or
six months thereafter; provided, however, that if there is no such numerically
corresponding day in such next, second, third or sixth succeeding month, such
Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such next, second, third
or sixth succeeding month.  If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall end on the next
succeeding Business Day; provided, however, that if said next succeeding
Business Day falls


                                     -10-
<PAGE>   17

     in a new calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the
immediately preceding Business Day.

     "Interim Facility" means the credit facility established hereby prior
to any extension thereof pursuant to Section 2.21.

     "Interim Facility Term" means the period commencing on the date hereof
and ending on the earlier of (a) the effective date of any extension of the
Facility Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.21, or (b) the later of (i) the
date the Obligations shall have been repaid in full and this Agreement shall
have been terminated, or (ii) June 30, 1994.

     "Issuer" means First Chicago or any successor issuer of Facility
Letters of Credit.

     "Investment" of a Person means any loan, advance (other than
commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the
ordinary course of business), extension of credit (other than accounts
receivable arising in the ordinary course of business on terms customary in the
trade), deposit account or contribution of capital by such Person to any other
Person or any investment in, or purchase or other acquisition of, the stock,
partnership interests, notes, debentures or other securities of any other
Person made by such Person.

     "Lenders" means the lending institutions listed on the signature pages
of this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

     "Lending Installation" means, with respect to a Lender or the Agent,
any office, branch, subsidiary or affiliate of such Lender or the Agent.

     "Letter of Credit" of a Person means a letter of credit or similar
instrument which is issued upon the application of such Person or upon which
such Person is an account party or for which such Person is in any way liable.

     "Letter of Credit Cash Collateral Account" is defined in Section 8.1. 
Such account and the related cash collateralization shall be subject to
documentation satisfactory to the Agent.

     "Leverage Ratio" means, with respect to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary, provided that all Indebtedness
of any Excluded Subsidiary shall be included if such Indebtedness is recourse
to the Borrower) on a consolidated basis, as of any date of computation, the
ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of all Indebtedness, to (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding
principal balance of all Indebtedness plus (ii) Consolidated Net Worth as of
such date, determined in each case in accordance with Agreement Accounting
Principles.


                                     -11-
<PAGE>   18

     "Lien" means any lien (statutory or other), mortgage, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance or preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or
lessor under any conditional sale, Capitalized Lease or other title retention
agreement).

     "Loan" means, with respect to a Lender, such Lender's portion of any
Advance and "Loans" means with respect to the Lenders, the aggregate of all
Advances.

     "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes and the other
documents and agreements contemplated hereby and executed by the Borrower or
any Subsidiary in favor of the Agent or any Lender, including without
limitation any security documents delivered pursuant to Section 2.21(a)(iii) or
any Subsidiary Guaranty delivered pursuant to Section 2.21(b)(v).

     "Margin Stock" has the meaning assigned to that term under Regulation U.

     "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (a) the
business, Property, condition (financial or other), performance, results of
operations, or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole,
(b) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to perform its obligations
under the Loan Documents, or (c) the validity or enforceability of any of the
Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agent or the Lenders
thereunder.

     "Multiemployer Plan" means a Plan maintained pursuant to a collective
bargaining agreement or any other arrangement to which the Borrower or any
member of the Controlled Group is a party to which more than one employer is
obligated to make contributions.

     "Net Available Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset
Disposition, the sum of cash or readily marketable cash equivalents received
(including by way of a cash-generating sale or discounting of a note or
receivable, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of
assumption by the acquiring Person of debt or other obligations relating to the
properties or assets so disposed of or received in any other non-cash form)
therefrom, whether at the time of such disposition or subsequent thereto, or
(b) with respect to any sale or issuance of any debt or equity securities of
the Borrower or any Subsidiary, cash or readily marketable cash equivalents
received (but excluding any other non-cash form) therefrom, whether at the time
of such disposition or subsequent thereto, net, in either case, of all legal,
title and recording tax expenses, commissions (including investment banking
fees) and other fees and all costs and expenses incurred and all federal,
state, local and other taxes required to be accrued as a liability as a
consequence of such transactions and, in the case of



                                     -12-
<PAGE>   19

an Asset Disposition, net of all payments made by the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries on any Indebtedness which is secured by such assets
pursuant to a permitted Lien upon or with respect to such assets or which must
by the terms of such Lien, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such
Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such
Asset Disposition.
     
     "Note" means any one or more of the Revolving Credit Notes.

     "Notice of Assignment" is defined in Section 12.3.2.

     "Notice of Issuance" is defined in Section 2.20.4.

     "Obligations" means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid
interest on the Notes, the Facility Letter of Credit Obligations and all other
liabilities (if any), whether actual or contingent, of the Borrower with
respect to Facility Letters of Credit, all accrued and unpaid fees and all
expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary to the Lenders or to any Lender, the Agent or any indemnified
party hereunder arising under any of the Loan Documents and any Rate Hedging
Obligations or foreign exchange contracts of the Borrower owing to the Agent or
any Lender.

     "Participants" is defined in Section 12.2.1.

     "Payment Date" means the last day of each March, June, September and
December.

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor
thereto.

     "Permanent Facility" means this credit facility subsequent to the
extension of the Facility Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.21(a).

     "Permanent Facility Term" means the period commencing on the effective
date of the extension of the Facility Termination Date pursuant to Section
2.21(a) and ending on the Facility Termination Date.

     "Permitted Liens" is defined in Section 6.18.

     "Person" means any natural person, corporation, firm, joint venture,
partnership, association, enterprise, trust or other entity or organization, or
any government or political subdivision or any agency, department or
instrumentality thereof.

     "Plan" means an employee pension benefit plan, as defined in Section
3(2) of ERISA, as to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group
may have any liability.


                                     -13-
<PAGE>   20

     "Property" of a Person means any and all property, whether real,
personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets
owned, leased or operated by such Person.

     "Pro Forma" is defined in Section 5.5.

     "pro-rata" means, when used with respect to a Lender, and any described
aggregate or total amount, an amount equal to such Lender's pro-rata share or
portion based on its percentage of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment or
if the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated, its
percentage of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Advances.

     "Purchase" means any transaction, or any series of related
transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any going business or all or
substantially all of the assets of any firm, corporation or division thereof,
whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise, or (b) directly or
indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a
series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the
securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election
of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the
happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage or voting power) of
the outstanding partnership interests of a partnership.

     "Purchase Agreement" means that certain purchase agreement dated as of
December 31, 1993 by and among the Borrower, Kodiak Partners II Corp., Riken
Corporation and Riken International U.S.A., Inc., as the same may be amended or
modified after the date hereof.

     "Purchasers" is defined in Section 12.3.1.

     "Rate Hedging Obligations" of a Person means any and all obligations of
such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever
created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and
modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all
agreements, devices or arrangements designed to protect at least one of the
parties thereto from the fluctuations of interest rates, exchange rates or
forward rates applicable to such party's assets, liabilities or exchange
transactions, including, but not limited to, dollar-denominated or
cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements, forward currency exchange
agreements, interest rate cap or collar protection agreements, forward rate
currency or interest rate options, puts and warrants, and (b) any and all
cancellations, buybacks, reversals, terminations or assignments of any of the
foregoing.

     "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any


                                     -14-
<PAGE>   21

successor thereto or other regulation or official interpretation of
said Board of Governors relating to reserve requirements applicable to
depositary institutions.

     "Regulation G" means Regulation G of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and shall include any
successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of
Governors relating to the extension of credit by Persons other than banks,
brokers and dealers for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stocks
applicable to such Persons.

     "Regulation T" means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and shall include any
successor or other regulation or official interpretation of such Board of
Governors relating to the extension of credit by securities brokers and dealers
for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stocks applicable to such
Persons.

     "Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor or
other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating
to the extension of credit by banks for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
margin stocks applicable to such Persons.

     "Regulation X" means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and shall include any
successor or other regulation or official interpretation of said Board of
Governors relating to the extension of credit by the specified lenders for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stocks applicable to such Persons.

     "Reimbursement Agreement" means a letter of credit application and
reimbursement agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (or such
other form as the Issuer may from time to time employ in the ordinary course of
business).

     "Reimbursement Obligations" means, at any time, the aggregate (without
duplication) of the Obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders, the Issuer
and/or the Agent in respect of all unreimbursed payments or disbursements made
by the Lenders, the Issuer and/or the Agent under or in respect of draws made
under the Facility Letters of Credit.

     "Release" is defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 39601 et seq.

     "Rentals" of a Person means the aggregate fixed amounts payable by such
Person under any lease of Property, excluding without limitation Capitalized
Leases having a then remaining term


                                     -15-
<PAGE>   22

(including any required renewals or any renewals at the option of the
lessor or lessee) of one year or more.

     "Reportable Event" means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043
of ERISA and the regulations issued under such section, with respect to a Plan,
excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC has by regulation waived
the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days
of the occurrence of such event.

     "Required Lenders" means Lenders in the aggregate having at least
66-2/3% of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment or, if the Aggregate
Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated, Lenders in the aggregate
holding at least 66-2/3% of the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of the outstanding Loans plus (ii) the Facility Letter of Credit
Obligations.

   "Reserve Requirement" means, with respect to an Interest Period, the
maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental,
marginal and other reserves) which is imposed under Regulation D on new
non-personal time deposits of $100,000 or more with a maturity equal to that of
such Interest Period.

     "Revolving Credit Advance" means an Advance made by the Lenders to the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.

     "Revolving Credit Commitment" means, for each Lender, the obligation of
such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 in an
aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not exceeding the amount set forth
opposite its name under the heading "Revolving Credit Commitment" on the
signature page hereto, as such amount may be modified or reduced from time to
time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     "Revolving Credit Loan" means, with respect to a Lender, such Lender's
pro-rata portion of all Revolving Credit Advances.

     "Revolving Credit Note" means a promissory note in substantially the
form of Exhibit A hereto, with appropriate insertions, duly executed and
delivered to the Agent by the Borrower and payable to the order of a Lender in
the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment, including any amendment,
modification, renewal or replacement of such promissory note.

     "Risk-Based Capital Guidelines" is defined in Section 3.2.

     "Section" means a numbered section of this Agreement, unless another
document is specifically referenced.

     "Single Employer Plan" means a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA
maintained by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group for employees
of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group, other than a
Multiemployer Plan.


                                     -16-
<PAGE>   23

     "Solvent" means, when used with respect to a Person, that (a) the fair
saleable value of the assets of such Person is in excess of the total amount of
the present value of its liabilities (including for purposes of this definition
all liabilities (including loss reserves as determined by the Borrower),
whether or not reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with
Agreement Accounting Principles and whether direct or indirect, fixed or
contingent, secured or unsecured, disputed or undisputed), (b) such Person is
able to pay its debts or obligations in the ordinary course as they mature and
(c) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital to carry out its
business as conducted and as proposed to be conducted.  "Solvency" shall have a
correlative meaning.

     "SPT" means Sealed Power Technologies, Limited Partnership, a  Delaware
limited partnership.

     "SPT Europe" means Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership
Europe, a Delaware limited partnership.

     "SPX Credit" means SPX Credit Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

     "SPX Credit Lease Financings" means secured or unsecured obligations of
SPX Credit which are in the nature of sales or pledges of undivided interests
in a pool of leases of SPX Credit (including any such leases which have been
transferred to SPX Credit by the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) and which are
(a) non-recourse to the Borrower and its other Subsidiaries, (b) otherwise
incurred on terms and conditions, including those relating to advance rates,
reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders, and (c) permitted under
Section 6.11(i).

     "Subordinated Notes" means senior subordinated notes issued by the
Borrower in a principal amount resulting in not less than $250 million of net
cash proceeds to the Borrower pursuant to an indenture under which no
amortization or mandatory prepayments or redemptions (other than in respect of
any customary sale of assets or change of control redemption provisions) are
required for at least eight years following the date of issuance and which
contains other terms and conditions, including subordination provisions, which
are customary for senior subordinated debt offerings and which are otherwise
reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders.

     "Subordinated Debt Documents" means the Subordinated Notes, the
indenture pursuant to which such Subordinated Notes shall be issued, and all
other documents, agreements, instruments and certificates executed and
delivered by the Borrower in connection with the issuance of the Subordinated
Notes, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Required Lenders.


                                     -17-
<PAGE>   24

     "Subsidiary" of a Person means (a) any corporation more than 50% of the
outstanding securities having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time
be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or
more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries,
or (b) any partnership, association, joint venture or similar business
organization more than 50% of the ownership interests having ordinary voting
power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled.  Unless otherwise
expressly provided, all references herein to a "Subsidiary" shall mean a
Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "Subsidiary Guaranty" means any Guaranty substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit E executed and delivered by a Subsidiary Guarantor
in favor of the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, including without limitation
any such guaranty executed and delivered by SPX Credit or, pursuant to Section
2.21(b)(v), SPT, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time. 

     "Subsidiary Guarantors" means SPX Credit and any other Subsidiary of
the Borrower which has executed and delivered a Subsidiary Guaranty.

     "Substantial Portion" means, with respect to the Property of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, Property which (a) represents more than 10% of
the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as would be shown
in the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
as at the end of the quarter next preceding the date on which such
determination is made, or (b) is responsible for more than 10% of the
consolidated net sales or of EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
the 12-month period ending as of the end of the quarter next preceding the date
of determination.

     "Taxes" means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a
consolidated group, federal, state or other income or franchise taxes,
including without limitation the Michigan Single Business Tax.

     "Term" means any of the Interim Facility Term, the Permanent Facility
Term or the Alternate Permanent Facility Term.

     "Termination Event" means, with respect to a Plan which is subject to
Title IV of ERISA, (a) a Reportable Event, (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower
or any other member of the Controlled Group from such Plan during a plan year
in which the Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group was a
"substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or was deemed
such under Section 4068(f) of ERISA, (c) the termination of such Plan, the
filing of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan or the treatment of an
amendment of such Plan as a termination under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (d) the
institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate such Plan or (e) any event
or condition



                                     -18-
<PAGE>   25

which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
termination of, or appointment of a trustee to administer, such Plan.

     "Transaction Documents" means the Loan Documents and the Acquisition
Documents and, from and after the execution thereof, if any, the Subordinated
Debt Documents.

     "Transferee" is defined in Section 12.4.

     "Type" means, with respect to any Advance, its nature as a Floating
Rate Advance or Eurodollar Advance.

     "UCC" means the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code as amended or modified
and in effect from time to time.

     "Unfunded Liability" means the amount (if any) by which the accumulated
benefit obligation as defined in SFAS 87 exceeds the fair market value of
assets allocable to such benefits, determined as of the most recent fiscal year
end.  

     "Unmatured Default" means an event which but for the lapse of time or
the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Default.

     "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of a Person means (a) any Subsidiary all of
the outstanding voting securities of which shall at the time be owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries of such Person, or (b) any partnership, association, joint venture
or similar business organization 100% of the ownership interests having
ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled.

     The foregoing definitions shall be equally applicable to both the
singular and plural forms of the defined terms.


                                  ARTICLE II

                                  THE CREDITS

     2.1. Revolving Credit Advances.  (a)  From and including the date
hereof to but not including the Facility Termination Date, each Lender
severally (and not jointly) agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement, to make Revolving Credit Advances to the Borrower from time to
time in amounts not to exceed in the aggregate at any one time outstanding
(after giving effect to the intended use of proceeds of any Advance used to
repay any outstanding Reimbursement Obligations or previously made Advances)
the amount of its pro-rata share of the Aggregate Available Commitment existing
at such time; provided that amounts otherwise available for Revolving Credit
Advances which are withheld in the Debt Repayment Reserve shall, subject to the
terms and conditions


                                     -19-
<PAGE>   26

of this Agreement, be made available to the Borrower as Revolving
Credit Advances so long as all of the proceeds of such Revolving Credit
Advances are used to fully repay Existing Borrower Indebtedness on or prior to
the repayment date(s) with respect thereto set forth on Schedule 6.2 hereto
and, upon any such repayment, the Debt Repayment Reserve shall be permanently
reduced by the amount of such Revolving Credit Advances.  Upon repayment in
full of all Existing Borrower Indebtedness, the Debt Repayment Reserve shall be
terminated. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow,
repay and reborrow Revolving Credit Advances at any time prior to the Facility
Termination Date.

     (b)  The Borrower hereby agrees that if at any time the aggregate
balance of the Revolving Credit Loans and the Facility Letter of Credit
Obligations exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment (whether as a
result of reductions in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to
Section 2.4(b) or Section 2.7 or otherwise), the Borrower shall repay
immediately its then outstanding Revolving Credit Loans in such amount as may
be necessary to eliminate such excess; provided, that if an excess remains
after repayment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, then the Borrower
shall cash collateralize the Facility Letter of Credit Obligations by deposit
into the Letter of Credit Cash Collateral Account of such amount as may be
necessary to eliminate such excess.  

     (c)  The Borrower's obligation to pay the principal of, and interest
on, the Revolving Credit Loans shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit
Notes.  Although the Revolving Credit Notes shall be dated the date of the
initial Revolving Credit Advance, interest in respect thereof shall be payable
only for the periods during which the Revolving Credit Loans evidenced thereby
are outstanding and, although the stated amount of each Revolving Credit Note
shall be equal to the applicable Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment, each
Revolving Credit Note shall be enforceable, with respect to the Borrower's
obligation to pay the principal amount thereof, only to the extent of the
unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan at the time evidenced
thereby.

     (d)  Each Revolving Credit Advance included in the Revolving Credit
Loan shall mature, and the principal amount thereof and the unpaid accrued
interest thereon shall be due and payable, on the Facility Termination Date.

     2.2. Ratable Loans.  Each Advance hereunder shall consist of Loans made
from the several Lenders ratably in proportion to the ratio that their
respective Revolving Credit Commitments bear to the Aggregate Revolving Credit
Commitment.

     2.3. Types of Advances.  The Advances may be Floating Rate Advances or
Eurodollar Advances, or a combination thereof, selected by the Borrower in
accordance with Sections 2.8 and 2.9.


                                     -20-
<PAGE>   27

     2.4. Commitment Fee; Reductions in Aggregate Revolving Credit
Commitment.  (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of
each Lender a commitment fee of three-eighths percent (.375%) per annum on such
Lender's pro-rata share of (i) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, minus
(ii) the sum of the outstanding balance of the Revolving Credit Loans and the
Facility Letter of Credit Obligations, calculated on a daily basis from the
date hereof to and including the Facility Termination Date, payable on each
Payment Date hereafter and on the Facility Termination Date; provided, however
that during the Permanent Facility Term the commitment fee shall be one-half
percent (.5%) per annum.  All accrued commitment fees shall be payable on the
effective date of any termination of the obligations of the Lenders to make
Loans hereunder.

     (b)  The Borrower may permanently reduce the Aggregate Revolving Credit
Commitment in whole, or in part ratably among the Lenders in a minimum
aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
thereof, upon at least ten (10) Business Days' written notice to the Agent,
which notice shall specify the amount of any such reduction; provided, however,
that the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment may not be reduced
below the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Revolving Credit Advances plus (ii) the outstanding Facility Letter of Credit
Obligations.  Reductions made pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) shall be in
addition to reductions occurring pursuant to Sections 2.7.

     2.5. Minimum Amount of Each Advance.  Each Eurodollar Advance shall be
in the minimum amount of $1,500,000 (and in multiples of $1,000,000 if in
excess thereof), and each Floating Rate Advance shall be in the minimum amount
of $500,000 (and in multiples of $100,000 if in excess thereof); provided,
however, that (a) any Floating Rate Advance may be in the amount of the unused
Aggregate Total Commitment; (b) in no event shall more than five (5) Eurodollar
Advances be permitted to be outstanding at any time, and (c) during the six
month period commencing on the date hereof, unless the Agent shall otherwise
consent, each Eurodollar Advance shall be in the minimum amount of $10,000,000.

     2.6. Optional Principal Payments.  The Borrower may from time to time
pay, without penalty or premium, all outstanding Floating Rate Advances, or, in
a minimum aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any integral multiple of
$1,000,000 in excess thereof, any portion of the outstanding Floating Rate
Advances upon two Business Days' prior notice to the Agent.  A Eurodollar
Advance may not be paid prior to the last day of the applicable Interest
Period. 

     2.7. Mandatory Commitment Reductions and Prepayments.  (a)  If the
Facility Termination Date is extended pursuant to Section 2.21(b), then on the
date of such extension the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment shall be
automatically and permanently reduced by the sum of (i) $25,000,000 plus (ii)
the amount, if any, by which


                                     -21-
<PAGE>   28

the net cash proceeds to the Borrower of the Subordinated Notes exceeds
$250,000,000.

     (b)  If the Facility Termination Date is extended pursuant to Section
2.21, then the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment shall be automatically and
permanently reduced by $12,500,000 on each June 15 and December 15 in 1997 and
1998, as such amounts may be reduced by the application of mandatory commitment
reductions pursuant to Section 2.7(d).  

     (c)  The Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment shall be automatically
and permanently reduced in the amounts and at the times set forth below:

         (i)  commencing with the Borrower's fiscal year ending December 31,
    1994, in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Excess Cash Flow for
    each fiscal year, such reduction to be effective on the earlier of (A) 100
    days after the end of such fiscal year or (B) within 10 days after delivery
    of the annual audit required by Section 6.1(a), provided that in no event
    shall the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment be reduced to an amount
    less than $150,000,000 pursuant to this Section 2.7(c)(i);

         (ii) in an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate Net Available Proceeds
    in excess of $1,000,000 realized upon all Asset Dispositions in any fiscal
    year of the Borrower, such reduction to be effective concurrently with the
    receipt thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
 
         (iii) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Proceeds in
    excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate realized upon the sale by the
    Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) of any
    equity securities, such reduction to be effective concurrently with the
    receipt thereof by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, provided that in no
    event shall the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment be reduced to an
    amount less than $150,000,000 pursuant to this Section 2.7(c)(iii).

     (d)  Mandatory commitment reductions under this Section 2.7 shall be
cumulative and in addition to reductions occurring pursuant to Section 2.4. 
Any mandatory commitment reductions under Section 2.7(c) shall first be applied
on a pro rata basis to the mandatory commitment reductions required to be made
in 1997 and 1998 pursuant to Section 2.7(b).

     (e)  Any reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment
pursuant to this Section 2.7 or otherwise shall ratably reduce the Revolving
Credit Commitment of each Lender.

     2.8. Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for New Advances. 
The Borrower shall select the Type of Advance and, in


                                     -22-
<PAGE>   29

the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period applicable to
each such Advance from time to time; provided, however, that (i) the Agent shall
have the right, at its option, during the five Business Day period from and
after the date hereof, to require that all Loans be maintained as Floating Rate
Advances; (ii) upon the expiration of such five Business Day period and for a
period of one month thereafter, the Borrower will be permitted to keep all of
the Loans in a Eurodollar Advance with a one month Interest Period and with the
same maturity date, or in a combination of Floating Rate Advances and one
Eurodollar Advance meeting the qualifications set forth above; (iii) upon the
expiration of the one month period described in clause (ii) above and for a
period of five Business Days thereafter, the Agent shall have the right, at its
option, to require that all Loans be maintained as Floating Rate Advances; (iv)
upon the expiration of the five Business Day period described in clause (iii)
above, and for a period of one month thereafter, the Borrower will be permitted
to keep all of the Loans in a Eurodollar Advance with a one month Interest
Period and with the same maturity date, or in a combination of Floating Rate
Advances and one Eurodollar Advance meeting the qualifications set forth above;
(v) upon the expiration of the one month period described in clause (iv) above
and for a period of five Business Days thereafter, the Agent shall have the
right, at its option, to require that all Loans be maintained as Floating Rate
Advances;  (vi) upon the expiration of the five Business Day period described in
clause (v) above and for the period ending six months after the date hereof,
unless the Agent otherwise consents, the Borrower shall keep all of the Loans in
a Eurodollar Advance with a one month Interest Period and the same maturity date
or in a combination of Floating Rate Advances and one Eurodollar Advance meeting
the qualifications set forth above; and (vii) upon the expiration of the six
month period following the date hereof and at all times thereafter subject to
the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower shall select the Type of Advance and,
in the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period applicable to each
such Advance from time to time.  The Borrower shall give the Agent irrevocable
notice (a "Borrowing Notice") not later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) at least
one (1) Business Day before the Borrowing Date of each Floating Rate Advance and
at least three (3) Business Days before the Borrowing Date for each Eurodollar
Advance, specifying:

          (a)  the Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, of such
               Advance;

          (b)  the aggregate amount of such Advance;

          (c)  the Type of Advance selected; 

          (d)  in the case of each Eurodollar Advance, the Interest Period
               applicable thereto; and


                                     -23-
<PAGE>   30

     (e)  in the case of an Advance to be made from amounts withheld in the
Debt Repayment Reserve, that such Advance is requested to be made from such
reserve and specifying the Existing Borrower Indebtedness to be repaid with the
proceeds of such Advance.

Not later than noon (Chicago time) on each Borrowing Date, each Lender
shall make available its Loan or Loans, in funds immediately available in
Chicago, to the Agent at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII.  The
Agent will make the funds so received from the Lenders available to the
Borrower at the Agent's aforesaid address.

     2.9. Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances. Floating Rate
Advances shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such
Floating Rate Advances are converted into Eurodollar Advances.  Each Eurodollar
Advance shall continue as a Eurodollar Advance until the end of the then
applicable Interest Period therefor, at which time such Eurodollar Advance
shall be automatically converted into a Floating Rate Advance unless the
Borrower shall have given the Agent a Conversion/Continuation Notice requesting
that, at the end of such Interest Period, such Eurodollar Advance continue as a
Eurodollar Advance for the same or another Interest Period.  Subject to the
terms of Section 2.5, the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all
or any part of an Advance of any Type into any other Type of Advance; provided,
however, that any conversion of any Eurodollar Advance shall be made on, and
only on, the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto.  The Borrower
shall give the Agent irrevocable notice (a "Conversion/Continuation Notice") of
each conversion of a Floating Rate Advance or continuation of a Eurodollar
Advance not later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) at least one (1) Business Day,
in the case of a conversion into a Floating Rate Advance, or at least three (3)
Business Days, in the case of a conversion into or continuation of a Eurodollar
Advance, prior to the date of the requested conversion or continuation,
specifying:

          (a)  the requested date, which shall be a Business Day, of such
           conversion or continuation;

          (b)  the aggregate amount and Type of the Advance which is to
           be converted or continued; and

          (c)  the amount and Type(s) of Advance(s) into which such
           Advance is to be converted or continued and, in the case of a
           conversion into or continuation of a Eurodollar Advance, the duration
           of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

     2.10. Changes in Interest Rate, etc.  Each Floating Rate Advance shall
bear interest at the Floating Rate from and including the date of such Advance
or the date on which such Advance was converted into a Floating Rate Advance to
(but not including) the date on which such Floating Rate Advance is paid or
converted to a


                                     -24-
<PAGE>   31

     Eurodollar Advance.  Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of
any Advance maintained as a Floating Rate Advance will take effect
simultaneously with each change in the Alternate Base Rate.  Each Eurodollar
Advance shall bear interest at the Eurodollar Rate from and including the first
day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last
day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined as applicable to
such Eurodollar Advance.  No Interest Period may end after the Facility
Termination Date.  The Borrower shall select Interest Periods so that it is not
necessary to repay any portion of a Eurodollar Advance prior to the last day of
the applicable Interest Period in order to make a mandatory repayment required
pursuant to Section 2.1(b) in respect of a reduction in the Aggregate Revolving
Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 2.7(a) or (b).

     2.11. Rates Applicable After Default.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in Section 2.8 or 2.9, no Advance may be made as, converted
into or continued as a Eurodollar Advance (except with the consent of the Agent
and the Required Lenders) when any Default or Unmatured Default has occurred
and is continuing.  During the continuance of a Default, each Eurodollar
Advance and Floating Rate Advance shall bear interest (for the remainder of the
applicable Interest Period in the case of Eurodollar Advances) at the rate
otherwise applicable plus 2% per annum.  

     2.12. Method of Payment.  All payments of the Obligations hereunder
shall be made, without setoff, deduction or counterclaim, in immediately
available funds to the Agent at the Agent's address specified pursuant to
Article XIII, or at any other Lending Installation of the Agent specified in
writing by the Agent to the Borrower, by noon (Chicago time) on the date when
due and shall be applied ratably by the Agent among the Lenders.  Each payment
made after noon (Chicago time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next
succeeding Business Day.  If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct
any such amounts from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to the Agent
or any Lender, then the sum payable hereunder shall be increased so that, after
making all required deductions, the Agent or such Lender receives an amount
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction been made, and
the Borrower shall indemnify the Agent and such Lender for taxes, assessments
and governmental charges imposed by any jurisdiction on account of amounts paid
or payable pursuant to this sentence.  Within 30 days after the date of any
payment of any such amount withheld by the Borrower in respect of any payment
to the Agent or any Lender, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent or such
Lender the original or certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. 
Each payment delivered to the Agent for the account of any Lender shall be
delivered promptly by the Agent to such Lender in the same type of funds that
the Agent received at its address specified pursuant to Article XIII or at any
Lending Installation specified in a notice received by the Agent from such
Lender.  The Agent is hereby authorized to charge the account of the Borrower


                                     -25-
<PAGE>   32

maintained with First Chicago for each payment of principal, interest
and fees as it becomes due hereunder.  The obligations of the Borrower under
this Section 2.12 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the
termination of this Agreement.

     2.13. Notes; Telephonic Notices.  Each Lender is hereby authorized to
record the principal amount of each of its Loans and each repayment on the
schedule attached to its Revolving Credit Note; provided, however, that neither
the failure to so record nor any error in such recordation shall affect the
Borrower's obligations under such Note.  The Borrower hereby authorizes the
Lenders and the Agent to extend, convert or continue Advances, effect
selections of Types of Advances and to transfer funds based on telephonic
notices made by any person or persons the Agent or any Lender in good faith
believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrower.  The Borrower agrees to
deliver promptly to the Agent a written confirmation, if such confirmation is
requested by the Agent or any Lender, of each telephonic notice signed by an
Authorized Officer.  If the written confirmation differs in any material
respect from the action taken by the Agent and the Lenders, the records of the
Agent and the Lenders shall govern absent manifest error.

     2.14. Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis.  Interest accrued
on each Floating Rate Advance shall be payable on each Payment Date, commencing
with the first such date to occur after the date hereof, on any date on which a
Floating Rate Advance is prepaid due to acceleration, and at maturity. 
Interest accrued on that portion of the outstanding principal amount of any
Floating Rate Advance converted into a Eurodollar Advance on a day other than a
Payment Date shall be payable on the next Payment Date following the date of
conversion.  Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance shall be payable on
the last day of its applicable Interest Period, on any date on which the
Eurodollar Advance is prepaid, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and at
maturity.  Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance having an Interest
Period longer than three months shall also be payable on the last day of each
three-month interval during such Interest Period.  Interest and commitment fees
shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year. 
Interest shall be payable for the day an Advance is made but not for the day of
any payment on the amount paid if payment is received prior to noon (Chicago
time) at the place of payment.  If any payment of principal of or interest on
an Advance shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment
shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of a
principal payment, such extension of time shall be included in computing
interest in connection with such payment.

     2.15. Notification by Agent.  Promptly after receipt thereof, the Agent
will notify each Lender of the contents of each Aggregate Revolving Credit
Commitment reduction notice, Borrowing Notice, Conversion/Continuation Notice,
Notice of Issuance and repayment


                                     -26-
<PAGE>   33

notice received by it hereunder.  The Agent will notify each Lender of
the interest rate applicable to each Eurodollar Advance promptly upon
determination of such interest rate and will give each Lender prompt notice of
each change in the Alternate Base Rate.

     2.16. Lending Installations.  Each Lender may book its Loans at any
Lending Installation selected by such Lender and may change its Lending
Installation from time to time.  All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any
such Lending Installation and the Notes shall be deemed held by each Lender for
the benefit of such Lending Installation.  Each Lender may, by written or telex
notice to the Agent and the Borrower, designate a Lending Installation through
which Loans will be made by it and for whose account Loan payments are to be
made.

     2.17. Non-Receipt of Funds by the Agent.  Unless the Borrower or a
Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Agent prior to the date on which it is
scheduled to make payment to the Agent of (a) in the case of a Lender, the
proceeds of a Loan, or (b) in the case of the Borrower, a payment of principal,
interest or fees to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, that it does not
intend to make such payment, the Agent may assume that such payment has been
made.  The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the amount of such
payment available to the intended recipient in reliance upon such assumption. 
If the Borrower has not in fact made such payment to the Agent, the Lenders
shall, on demand by the Agent, repay to the Agent the amount so made available
together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period
commencing on the date such amount was so made available by the Agent until the
date the Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal
Funds Effective Rate for such day.  If any Lender has not in fact made such
payment to the Agent, such Lender or the Borrower shall, on demand by the
Agent, repay to the Agent the amount so made available together with interest
thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such
amount was so made available by the Agent until the date the Agent recovers
such amount at a rate per annum equal to (a) in the case of payment by a
Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day, or (b) in the case of
payment by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan.

     2.18. Withholding Tax Exemption. At least five Business Days prior to
the first date on which interest or fees are payable hereunder for the account
of any Lender, each Lender that is not incorporated under the laws of the
United States of America, or a state thereof, agrees that it will deliver to
each of the Borrower and the Agent two duly completed copies of United States
Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224, certifying in either case that such
Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement and the Notes
without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes. 
Each Lender which so delivers a Form 1001 or 4224 further undertakes to deliver
to each of the Borrower and the Agent two additional copies of such form (or a
successor form) on


                                     -27-
<PAGE>   34

or before the date that such form expires (currently, three successive
calendar years for Form 1001 and one calendar year for Form 4224) or becomes
obsolete or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most
recent forms so delivered by it, and such amendments thereto or extensions or
renewals thereof as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent,
in each case certifying that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under
this Agreement and the Notes without deduction or withholding of any United
States federal income taxes, unless an event (including, without limitation,
any change in treaty, law or regulation) has occurred prior to the date on
which any such delivery would otherwise be required which renders all such
forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Lender from duly completing and
delivering any such form with respect to it and such Lender advises the
Borrower and the Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any
deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.

    2.19. Agent's Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent those fees, in
addition to the commitment fees referenced in Section 2.4(a), in the amounts
and at the times separately agreed to between the Agent and the Borrower.


     2.20.  Facility Letters of Credit.

        2.20.1 Issuance of Facility Letters of Credit.  (a) From and after the
    date hereof, the Issuer agrees, upon the terms and conditions set forth in
    this Agreement, to issue at the request and for the account of the
    Borrower, one or more Facility Letters of Credit; provided, however, that
    the Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue, and shall not issue,
    any Facility Letter of Credit if (i) any order, judgment or decree of any
    governmental authority or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over the
    Issuer shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain such Issuer from
    issuing such Facility Letter of Credit, or any law or governmental rule,
    regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force
    of law) from any governmental authority or other regulatory body with
    jurisdiction over the Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the Issuer
    refrain from, the issuance of Facility Letters of Credit in particular or
    shall impose upon the Issuer with respect to any Facility Letter of Credit
    any restriction or reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuer is
    not otherwise compensated) or any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which
    was not applicable, in effect and known to the Issuer as of the date of
    this Agreement and which the Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
    (ii) one or more of the conditions to such issuance contained in Section
    4.2 is not then satisfied; or (iii) after giving effect to such issuance,
    the aggregate outstanding amount of the Facility Letter of Credit


                                     -28-
<PAGE>   35

     Obligations would exceed the Facility Letter of Credit Sublimit.

         (b)  In no event shall:  (i) the aggregate amount of the Facility
    Letter of Credit Obligations at any time exceed the Facility Letter of
    Credit Sublimit; (ii) the sum at any time of (A) the aggregate amount of
    Facility Letter of Credit Obligations and (B) the aggregate principal
    balance of outstanding Advances exceed the amount of the Aggregate
    Revolving Credit Commitment; (iii) the expiration date of any Facility
    Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, Facility Letters of Credit
    issued with an automatic "evergreen" provision providing for renewal absent
    advance notice by the applicable Borrower or the Issuer), or the date for
    payment of any draft presented thereunder and accepted by the Issuer, be
    later than March 15, 1999; or (iv) any Facility Letter of Credit be used
    for purposes other than those referred to in the definition of Facility
    Letter of Credit Sublimit.

         2.20.2 Participating Interests.  Immediately upon the issuance by the
    Issuer of a Facility Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.20.4,
    each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally
    purchased and received from the Issuer, without recourse, representation or
    warranty, an undivided participation interest equal to its pro-rata share
    of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment of the principal amount of
    such Facility Letter of Credit and each draw paid by the Issuer thereunder. 
    Each Lender's obligation to pay its proportionate share of all draws under
    the Facility Letters of Credit, absent gross negligence or willful
    misconduct by the Issuing Bank in honoring any such draw, shall be
    absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and in each case shall be made
    without counterclaim or set-off by such Lender.

         2.20.3 Facility Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligations.  (a) The
    Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuer of a Facility Letter of Credit (i) on
    each date that any amount is drawn under each Facility Letter of Credit a
    sum (and interest on such sum as provided in clause (ii) below) equal to
    the amount so drawn plus all other charges and expenses with respect
    thereto specified in Section 2.20.6 or in the applicable Reimbursement
    Agreement and (ii) interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid under
    this Section 2.20.3 until payment in full at the Floating Rate plus the
    margin specified in Section 2.11.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuer
    the amount of all Facility Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligations owing
    in respect of any Facility Letter of Credit immediately when due, under all
    circumstances, including, without limitation, any of the following
    circumstances:  (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of this
    Agreement or any of the Loan Documents;


                                     -29-
<PAGE>   36

    (b) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which
    the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Facility
    Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Facility Letter of Credit (or any
    Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), any Lender or any other
    Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Facility Letter of
    Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions
    (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower and the
    beneficiary named in any Facility Letter of Credit); (c) the validity,
    sufficiency or genuineness of any document which the Issuer has determined
    in good faith complies on its face with the terms of the applicable
    Facility Letter of Credit, even if such document should later prove to have
    been forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
    statement therein shall have been untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or
    (d) the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or
    observance of any of the terms hereof.  

         (b)  Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in any
    Reimbursement Agreement, the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Issuer for
    amounts which the Issuer pays under such Facility Letter of Credit no later
    than the time specified in this Agreement.  If the Borrower does not pay
    any such Facility Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligations when due, the
    Borrower shall be deemed to have immediately requested that the Lenders
    make a Floating Rate Advance under this Agreement in a principal amount
    equal to such unreimbursed Facility Letter of Credit Reimbursement
    Obligations.  The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of such deemed
    request and, without the necessity of compliance with the requirements of
    Sections 2.5 and 4.2, each Lender shall make available to the Agent its
    Loan in the manner prescribed for Floating Rate Advances.  The proceeds of
    such Loans shall be paid over by the Agent to the Issuer for the account of
    the Borrowers in satisfaction of such unreimbursed Facility Letter of
    Credit Reimbursement Obligations, which shall thereupon be deemed satisfied
    by the proceeds of, and replaced by, such Floating Rate Advance.

         (c)  If the Issuer makes a payment on account of any Facility Letter of
    Credit and is not concurrently reimbursed therefor by the Borrower and if
    for any reason a Floating Rate Advance may not be made pursuant to
    paragraph (b) above, then as promptly as practical during normal banking
    hours on the date of its receipt of such notice or, if not practicable on
    such date, not later than noon (Chicago time) on the Business Day
    immediately succeeding such date of notification, each Lender shall deliver
    to the Agent for the account of the Issuer, in immediately available funds,
    the purchase price for such Lender's interest in such unreimbursed Facility
    Letter of Credit Obligations, which shall be an amount equal to such
    Lender's pro-rata share of such payment.  Each Lender shall,


                                     -30-
<PAGE>   37

    upon demand by the Issuer, pay the Issuer interest on such Lender's
    pro-rata share of such draw from the date of payment by the Issuer on
    account of such Facility Letter of Credit until the date of delivery of
    such funds to the Issuer by such Lender at a rate per annum, computed for
    actual days elapsed based on a 360-day year, equal to the Federal Funds
    Effective Rate for such period; provided, that such payments shall be made
    by the Lenders only in the event and to the extent that the Issuer is not
    reimbursed in full by the applicable Borrower for interest on the amount of
    any draw on the Facility Letters of Credit.

         (d) At any time after the Issuer has made a payment on account of any
    Facility Letter of Credit and has received from any other Lender such
    Lender's pro-rata share of such payment, such Issuer shall, forthwith upon
    its receipt of any reimbursement (in whole or in part) by the Borrower for
    such payment, or of any other amount from the Borrower or any other Person
    in respect of such payment (including, without limitation, any payment of
    interest or penalty fees and any payment under any collateral account
    agreement of the Borrower or any Loan Document but excluding any transfer
    of funds from any other Lender pursuant to Section 2.20.3(b), transfer to
    such other Lender such other Lender's ratable share of such reimbursement
    or other amount; provided, that interest and penalty fees shall accrue for
    the benefit of such Lender from the time such Issuer has made a payment on
    account of any Facility Letter of Credit; provided, further, that in the
    event that the receipt by the Issuer of such reimbursement or other amount
    is found to have been a transfer in fraud of creditors or a preferential
    payment under the United States Bankruptcy Code or is otherwise required to
    be returned, such Lender shall promptly return to the Issuer any portion
    thereof previously transferred by the Issuer to such Lender, but without
    interest to the extent that interest is not payable by the Issuer in
    connection therewith.

         2.20.4 Procedure for Issuance.  Prior to the issuance of each Facility
    Letter of Credit, and as a condition of such issuance, the Borrower shall
    deliver to the Issuer a Reimbursement Agreement signed by such Borrower,
    together with such other documents or items as may be required pursuant to
    the terms thereof, and the proposed form and content of such Facility
    Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.  Each
    Facility Letter of Credit shall be issued no earlier than two (2) Business
    Days after delivery of the foregoing documents, which delivery may be by
    the Borrower to the Issuer by telecopy, telex or other electronic means
    followed by delivery of executed originals within five (5) days thereafter. 
    The documents so delivered shall be in compliance with the requirements set
    forth in Section 2.20.1(b), and shall specify therein (i) the stated amount
    of the Facility Letter of Credit requested, (ii) the effective


                                     -31-
<PAGE>   38

    date of issuance of such requested Facility Letter of Credit, which
    shall be a Business Day, (iii) the date on which such requested Facility
    Letter of Credit is to expire, which shall be a Business Day prior to March
    15, 1999, and (iv) the entity for whose benefit the requested Facility
    Letter of Credit is to be issued, which shall be the Borrower or a
    Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary).  The delivery of the
    foregoing documents and information shall constitute a "Notice of Issuance"
    for purposes of this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
    Section 2.20.1 and provided that the applicable conditions set forth in
    Section 4.2 hereof have been satisfied, the Issuer shall, on the requested
    date, issue a Facility Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower in
    accordance with the Issuer's usual and customary business practices.  In
    addition, any amendment of an existing Facility Letter of Credit shall be
    deemed to be an issuance of a new Facility Letter of Credit and shall be
    subject to the requirements set forth above.

         2.20.5 Nature of the Lenders' Obligations.  (a)  As between the 
    Borrower and the Lenders, the Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and
    omissions of, or misuse of the Facility Letters of Credit by, the
    respective beneficiaries of the Facility Letters of Credit.  In furtherance
    and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Lenders shall not be
    responsible for (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness
    or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with
    the application for an issuance of a Facility Letter of Credit, even if it
    should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient,
    inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any
    instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a
    Facility Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds
    thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective
    for any reason; (iii) the failure of the beneficiary of a Facility Letter
    of Credit to comply fully with conditions required to be satisfied by any
    Person other than the Issuer in order to draw upon such Facility Letter of
    Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or
    delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise;
    (v) errors in the interpretation of technical terms; (vi) the
    misapplication by the beneficiary of a Facility Letter of Credit of the
    proceeds of any drawing under such Facility Letter of Credit; or (vii) any
    consequences arising from causes beyond control of the Issuer.

         (b)  In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific
    provisions hereinabove set forth, any action taken or omitted by the Issuer
    under or in connection with the Facility Letters of Credit or any related
    certificates, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put the Agent or
    any Lender under any resulting liability to the Borrower or


                                     -32-
<PAGE>   39

    relieve the Borrower of any of its obligations hereunder to the Issuer
    or any such Person.

         2.20.6 Facility Letter of Credit Fees.  The Borrower hereby agrees to
    pay to the Agent for the account of the Issuer or the Lenders, as
    applicable, a letter of credit fee with respect to each Facility Letter of
    Credit from and including the date of issuance thereof until the date such
    Facility Letter of Credit is fully drawn, cancelled or expired, (a) for the
    account of the Issuer, computed at the rate of .25% per annum on the
    aggregate initial face amount of such Facility Letter of Credit and (b) for
    the ratable account of the Lenders, computed at a rate per annum equal to
    the Applicable Margin from time to time in effect with respect to
    Eurodollar Rate Advances, on the aggregate amount from time to time
    available to be drawn on such Facility Letter of Credit.  Such fee payable
    for the account of the Issuer shall be payable upon the date of issuance of
    the relevant Facility Letter of Credit.  Such fee payable for the account
    of the Lenders shall be calculated with respect to actual days elapsed on
    the basis of a 360-day year and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on
    each Payment Date in each year and upon the expiration, cancellation or
    utilization in full of any Facility Letter of Credit.  In addition to the
    foregoing, the Borrower agrees to pay the Issuer any other fees customarily
    charged by it in respect of standby Letters of Credit issued by it. 

     2.21. Extension of Facility Termination Date.  (a) At the request of the
Borrower, as of an extension date designated by the Borrower and subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions on or prior to June 30, 1994, the
Facility Termination Date shall be extended to March 15, 1999:

         (i)  the representations and warranties contained in Article V are true
    and correct as of such extension date except for changes in the Schedules
    hereto (submitted to the Agent and each Lender in writing by the Borrower)
    reflecting transactions permitted by this Agreement; provided, however,
    that, solely for purposes of this Section 2.21(a)(i) and without influence
    on or prejudice to the interpretation of such term for any other purpose at
    any other time, all references to the term "Material Adverse Effect"
    contained in Article V shall, with respect to subsections (a) and (b) (but
    not (c)) of the definition of such term, be deemed to refer to an event,
    condition or state of facts the probable adverse economic impact of which
    on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole is $7,500,000 or
    more, determined on an after-tax basis; 

         (ii) there exists no Default or Unmatured Default as of such extension
    date, either before or after giving effect to such extension;


                                     -33-
<PAGE>   40
         (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded
    Subsidiary) shall have executed and delivered or caused to be delivered to
    the Lenders, and shall have complied with the terms of, such security
    agreements, mortgages, pledge agreements, financing statements, opinions of
    counsel, Lien search results, title reports, lenders' loss payee
    endorsements, certificates, and other security instruments and documents as
    the Required Lenders and the Agent shall have reasonably requested in order
    to establish and perfect in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Agent
    and the Lenders a first (subject only to Permitted Liens) security interest
    in and Lien upon all the assets of the Borrower and its domestic
    Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary);

         (iv) the collateral and security delivered pursuant to clause (iii)
    above shall secure all of (A) the Obligations and (B) the obligations of
    the Borrower to NBD Bank, N.A. ("NBD") under that certain Reimbursement
    Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1992, made by the Borrower in favor of
    NBD, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to
    time (the "NBD Reimbursement Obligations").  The Borrower, the Agent, NBD
    and the other Lenders hereby agree that such security and collateral shall
    secure the Obligations and the NBD Reimbursement Obligations on a pari
    passu basis.

     (b)   At the request of the Borrower, as of an extension date
designated by the Borrower and subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions on or prior to June 30, 1994, the Facility Termination Date shall be
extended to March 15, 1999:

         (i)  the representations and warranties contained in Article V are true
    and correct as of such extension date except for changes in the Schedules
    hereto (submitted to the Agent and each Lender in writing by the Borrower)
    reflecting transactions permitted by this Agreement; provided, however,
    that, solely for purposes of this Section 2.21(b)(i) and without influence
    on or prejudice to the interpretation of such term for any other purpose at
    any other time, all references to the term "Material Adverse Effect"
    contained in Article V shall, with respect to subsections (a) and (b) (but
    not (c)) of the definition of such term, be deemed to refer to an event,
    condition or state of facts the probable adverse economic impact of which
    on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole is $7,500,000 or
    more, determined on an after-tax basis;
 
         (ii) there exists no Default or Unmatured Default as of such extension
    date, either before or after giving effect to such extension;

         (iii) the Borrower shall have received net cash proceeds of at least
    $250,000,000 from the sale of the Subordinated


                                     -34-
<PAGE>   41

         Notes, which proceeds have been used to repay in full all Indebtedness
    of SPT as described on Schedule 2.21(b)(iii);

         (iv) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent a copy of the
              Subordinated Debt Documents; and

          (v)  SPT shall have executed a Subsidiary Guaranty.

     (c)   In the event of an extension of the Facility Termination Date
pursuant to Section 2.21(a), then contemporaneously with such extension,
without any further action by the parties, this Agreement shall be amended as
set forth on Schedule 2.21(c)(i) hereto.  In the event of an extension of the
Facility Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.21(b), then contemporaneously
with such extension, without any further action by the parties, (i) this
Agreement shall be amended as set forth on Schedule 2.21(c)(ii) hereto, and
(ii) SPT shall no longer constitute an Excluded Subsidiary, and all references
herein or in any other Loan Document to the terms "other than an Excluded
Subsidiary", "except for any Excluded Subsidiary" or words of similar import
shall be deemed deleted in their entirety and shall be of no further force and
effect.


                                  ARTICLE III

                            CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES


     3.1. Yield Protection.  If, after the date hereof, the adoption of any
change in any law or any governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation,
policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any
interpretation thereof, or the compliance of any Lender therewith,

     (a)  subjects any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation to any
tax, duty, charge or withholding on or from payments due from the Borrower
(excluding taxation of the overall net income of any Lender or applicable
Lending Installation imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Lender or
Lending Installation is incorporated or has its principal place of business),
or changes the basis of taxation of principal, interest or any other payments
to any Lender or Lending Installation in respect of its Loans, its interest in
the Facility Letters of Credit or other amounts due it hereunder, or

     (b)  imposes or increases or deems applicable any reserve, assessment,
insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of,
deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any
applicable Lending Installation (other than reserves and assessments taken into
account in determining the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances), or


                                     -35-
<PAGE>   42

     (c)  imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the
cost to any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation of making, funding or
maintaining loans or issuing Facility Letters of Credit or reduces any amount
receivable by any Lender or any applicable Lending Installation in connection
with Loans or Facility Letters of Credit, or requires any Lender or any
applicable Lending Installation to make any payment calculated by reference to
the amount of Loans held, Facility Letters of Credit issued or participated in
or interest received by it, or interest received by it, by an amount deemed
material by such Lender,

then, within 15 days of demand by such Lender, the Borrower shall pay
such Lender that portion of such increased expense incurred or resulting in an
amount received which such Lender determines is attributable to making, funding
and maintaining its Loans, its interest in the Facility Letters of Credit, and
its Commitment.

     3.2. Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations.  If a Lender determines
the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender, any
Lending Installation of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender
is increased as a result of a Change, then, within 15 days of demand by such
Lender, the Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount necessary to compensate
for any shortfall in the rate of return on the portion of such increased
capital which such Lender determines is attributable to this Agreement, its
Loans, its interest in the Facility Letters of Credit, or its obligation to
make Loans or participate in or issue Facility Letters of Credit hereunder
(after taking into account such Lender's policies as to capital adequacy). 
"Change" means (a) any change after the date of this Agreement in the
Risk-Based Capital Guidelines, or (b) any adoption of or change in any other
law, governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline,
interpretation, or directive (whether or not having the force of law) after the
date of this Agreement which affects the amount of capital required or expected
to be maintained by any Lender or any Lending Installation or any corporation
controlling any Lender.  "Risk-Based Capital Guidelines" means (a) the
risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the United States on the date of
this Agreement, including transition rules, and (b) the corresponding capital
regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities outside the United States
implementing the July 1988 report of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulation
and Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital
Measurements and Capital Standards," including transition rules, and any
amendments to such regulations adopted prior to the date of this Agreement.

     3.3. Availability of Types of Advances.  If any Lender determines that
maintenance of its Eurodollar Advances at a suitable Lending Installation would
violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive, whether or not
having the force of law, or if the Required Lenders determine that (a) deposits
of a type and maturity appropriate to match fund Eurodollar Advances  are


                                     -36-
<PAGE>   43

not available, or (b) the interest rate applicable to a Type of Advance
does not accurately or fairly reflect the cost of  maintaining such Advance,
then the Agent shall suspend the availability of the affected Type of Advance
and require any Eurodollar Advances of the affected Type to be repaid.

     3.4. Funding Indemnification.  If any payment of a Eurodollar Advance
occurs on a date which is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period,
whether because of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise, or a Eurodollar
Advance is not made on the date specified by the Borrower for any reason other
than default by the Lenders, the Borrower will indemnify the Agent and each
Lender for any loss or cost incurred by it resulting therefrom, including,
without limitation, any loss or cost in liquidating or employing deposits
acquired to fund or maintain the Eurodollar Advance.

     3.5. Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity. To the extent reasonably
possible, each Lender shall designate an alternate Lending Installation with
respect to its Eurodollar Advances to reduce any liability of the Borrower to
such Lender under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 or to avoid the unavailability of a Type
of Advance under Section 3.3, so long as such designation is not
disadvantageous to such Lender.  Each Lender shall deliver a written statement
of such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) as to the amount due,
if any, under Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.4.  Such written statement shall set forth
in reasonable detail the calculations upon which such Lender determined such
amount and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the
absence of manifest error.  Determination of amounts payable under such
Sections in connection with a Eurodollar Advances shall be calculated as though
each Lender funded its Eurodollar Advances through the purchase of a deposit of
the type and maturity corresponding to the deposit used as a reference in
determining the Eurodollar Rate applicable to such Loan, whether in fact that
is the case or not.  Unless otherwise provided herein, the amount specified in
the written statement of any Lender shall be payable on demand after receipt by
the Borrower of the written statement.  The obligations of the Borrower under
Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4 shall survive payment of the Obligations and
termination of this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE IV

                             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     4.1. Initial Loan and Facility Letter of Credit.  The Lenders shall not
be required to make the initial Revolving Credit Advance and the Issuer shall
not be required to issue any Facility Letter of Credit hereunder unless the
Borrower has furnished to the Agent with sufficient copies for the Lenders:


                                     -37-
<PAGE>   44

     (a)  Charter Documents.  Copies of the certificate of incorporation of
the Borrower, together with all amendments, and a certificate of good standing,
both certified by the appropriate governmental officer in its jurisdiction of
incorporation.


     (b)  By-Laws and Resolutions.  Copies, certified by the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, of its by-laws and of its Board of
Directors' resolutions authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of
the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party.

     (c)  Secretary's Certificate.  An incumbency certificate,
executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, which shall
identify by name and title and bear the signature of the officers of the
Borrower authorized to sign the Loan Documents and to make borrowings
hereunder, upon which certificate the Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled
to rely until informed of any change in writing by the Borrower.

     (d)  Officer's Certificate.  A certificate, dated the initial Borrowing
Date, signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent, to the effect that: (i) on the initial Borrowing
Date (both before and after giving effect to the consummation of the
Acquisition and the making of the Loans and the issuance of any initial
Facility Letters of Credit hereunder) no Default or Unmatured Default has
occurred and is continuing; (ii) no injunction or temporary restraining order
which would prohibit the making of the Loans or the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (collectively the
"Closing Transactions"), or other litigation which could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect is pending or, to the best of such Person's
knowledge, threatened; (iii) all orders, consents, approvals, licenses,
authorizations, or validations of, or filings, recordings or registrations
with, or exemptions by, any governmental or public body or authority, or any
subdivision thereof, required to make or consummate the Closing Transactions
have been or, prior to the time required, will have been, obtained, given,
filed or taken and are or will be in full force and effect (or the Borrower has
obtained effective judicial relief with respect to the application thereof) and
that all applicable waiting periods have expired; (iv) the Transaction
Documents are in full force and effect and no term or condition thereof has
been amended, modified or waived after the execution thereof except with the
written consent of the Agent; (v) the Borrower has not failed to perform any
material obligation or covenant required in connection with any Closing
Transaction to be performed or complied with by it on or before the initial
Borrowing Date; (vi) each of the representations and warranties set forth in
Article V of this Agreement is true and correct on and as of the date hereof;
(vii) since December 31, 1993, (A) no event or change has occurred that has
caused or evidences a Material Adverse Effect and (B) there has been no
material adverse change in the business, condition



                                     -38-
<PAGE>   45

(financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or
prospects of SPT; and (viii) no event or change has occurred which has caused
or evidenced a material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from that reflected in the December 31,
1993 pro forma financial statements dated January 26, 1994, copies of which
have previously been delivered to the Lenders.

     (e)  Legal Opinions.  A written opinion of Gardner, Carton & Douglas,
counsel to the Borrower, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders in form and
substance acceptable to the Agent and its counsel, it being understood that, as
to certain matters of Michigan law and certain other matters, Gardner, Carton &
Douglas may rely upon the opinion of James M. Sheridan, Esq., General Counsel
of the Borrower.

     (f)  Revolving Credit Notes.  Revolving Credit Notes payable to the
order of each of the Lenders duly executed by the Borrower.

     (g)  Loan Documents.  Executed originals of this Agreement and each of
the Loan Documents, which shall be in full force and effect, together with all
schedules, exhibits, certificates, instruments, opinions, documents and
financial statements required to be delivered pursuant hereto and thereto.

     (h)  Letters of Direction.  Written money transfer instructions with
respect to the initial Advances and to future Advances in form and substance
acceptable to the Agent and its counsel addressed to the Agent and signed by an
Authorized Officer, together with such other related money transfer
authorizations as the Agent may have reasonably requested.

     (i)  Purchase Agreement.  A copy of the Purchase Agreement and any
amendments, supplements and modifications thereto certified as true and
complete by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

     (j)  Accountant's Letter.  A signed letter from Arthur Andersen & Co.
in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent acknowledging that the Lenders
may rely on current audited financial statements audited by such firm and may
communicate directly with such auditors.

     (k)  Subsidiary Charter Documents.  With respect to each Subsidiary
listed on Schedule 4.1(k) hereto, copies of the articles, certificates of
incorporation, partnership agreement or other charter documents of each such
Subsidiary, together with all amendments, and, to the extent applicable, a
certificate of good standing, both certified by the appropriate governmental
officer in its jurisdiction of incorporation.


                                     -39-
<PAGE>   46

     (l)  Subsidiary By-Laws and Resolutions.  With respect to each
Subsidiary listed on Schedule 4.1(k) hereto, copies, certified by the Secretary
or Assistant Secretary of each Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any
Excluded Subsidiary), of its by-laws and Board of Directors' resolutions of
such Subsidiary (and resolutions of other bodies, if any are deemed necessary
by counsel for the Agent) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance
of the Loan Documents, if any, to which each such Subsidiary is a party.

     (m)  Subsidiary Secretary's Certificate. An incumbency certificate,
executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Subsidiary of the
Borrower, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signature of the
officers of each such Subsidiary authorized to sign the Loan Documents, if any,
to which it is a party.  The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely
upon such certificate until informed of any change in writing by the Borrower.

     (n)  Repayment of Indebtedness and Lien Terminations.  Evidence
satisfactory to the Agent that all of the Indebtedness described on Schedule
6.2 which is to be repaid on the date hereof, if any, has been repaid in full,
the related loan documents have been terminated and all Liens securing any such
Indebtedness have been released.

     (o)  Environmental Information and Reports.  Such environmental
information and reports (the substance or findings of which shall be
satisfactory to the Agent) as the Agent may request with respect to the real
property owned or leased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

     (p)  Other.  Such other documents as the Agent, any Lender or their
counsel may have reasonably requested.

     4.2. Each Advance and Facility Letter of Credit.  The Lenders shall not
be required to make any Advance and the Issuer shall not be obligated to issue
any Facility Letter of Credit, unless on the applicable Borrowing Date:

     (a)  There exists no Default or Unmatured Default and none
would result from such Advance or the issuance of such Facility Letter of
Credit;

     (b)  The representations and warranties contained in Article V are true
and correct as of such Borrowing Date except for changes in the Schedules
hereto (submitted to the Agent and each Lender in writing by the Borrower)
reflecting transactions permitted by this Agreement;

     (c)  A Borrowing Notice or Notice of Issuance shall have been properly
submitted; 



                                     -40-
<PAGE>   47

     (d)  All legal matters incident to the making of such Advance or
issuance of such Facility Letter of Credit shall be satisfactory to the Lenders
and their counsel; and


     (e)  If such Advance is to be made from amounts withheld in the Debt
Repayment Reserve, the proceeds of such Advance shall be used by the Borrower
solely to repay Existing Borrower Indebtedness.

     Each Borrowing Notice with respect to each such Advance and each Notice
of Issuance with respect to each Facility Letter of Credit shall constitute a
representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions contained in
Section 4.2 have been satisfied.  Any Lender may require a duly completed
compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto as a
condition to making an Advance or the issuance of a Facility Letter of Credit.

                                   ARTICLE V

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that, both before
and after giving effect to the Closing Transactions:

     5.1. Corporate or Partnership Existence and Standing.  Each of the
Borrower and each Subsidiary (other than SPT and SPT Europe) is a corporation
duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
respective jurisdiction of incorporation and is duly qualified and in good
standing as a foreign corporation and is duly authorized to conduct its
business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a
Material Adverse Effect.  Each of SPT and SPT Europe is a limited partnership
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
respective jurisdiction of formation and is duly authorized to conduct its
business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     5.2. Authorization and Validity.  The Borrower and each Subsidiary have
all requisite power and authority (corporate and otherwise) and legal right to
execute and deliver (or file, as the case may be) each of the Loan Documents
and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its
obligations thereunder.  The execution and delivery (or filing, as the case may
be) by the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Loan Documents and the other
Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the performance of their
respective obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by proper corporate
or partnership proceedings, as applicable, and the Loan Documents and the other
Transaction Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, enforceable against the


                                     -41-
<PAGE>   48

Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, in accordance with their
terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

     5.3. Compliance with Laws and Contracts.  To the best of their
knowledge, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material
respects with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and
restrictions of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or
agency thereof, having jurisdiction over the conduct of their respective
businesses or the ownership of their respective properties, except where the
failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.  Neither the execution and delivery by the Borrower and each
Subsidiary of the Loan Documents and the other Transaction Documents to which
it is a party, the application of the proceeds of the Loans, the consummation
of the Closing Transactions or any other transaction contemplated in the Loan
Documents or the other Transaction Documents, nor compliance with the
provisions of the Loan Documents or the other Transaction Documents will, or at
the relevant time did, (a) violate any law, rule, regulation (including
Regulations G, T. U or X), order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award
binding on the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's
charter, articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws or partnership
agreement, (b) violate the provisions of or require the approval or consent of
any party to any indenture, instrument or agreement to which the Borrower or
any Subsidiary is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its property, is
bound, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder (other than defaults
with respect to the Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 6.2 which is to be
repaid within thirty days of the date hereof), or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien (other than Liens permitted by, the Loan Documents) in,
of or on the property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms
of any such indenture, instrument or agreement, or (c) require any consent of
the stockholders or partners of any Person, except for approvals or consents
which will be obtained on or before the initial Advance and are disclosed on
Schedule 5.3, except for any violation of, or failure to obtain an approval or
consent required under, any such indenture, instrument or agreement that could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.4. Governmental Consents.  No order, consent, approval,
qualification, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording
or registration with, or exemption by, or other action in respect of, any
court, governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof,
any securities exchange or other Person is or at the relevant time was required
to authorize, or is or at the relevant time was required in connection with the
execution, delivery, consummation or performance of, or the legality, validity,
binding effect or enforceability of, any of the Loan Documents or the
Transaction Documents, the application of the


                                     -42-
<PAGE>   49

proceeds of the Loans or the consummation of the Acquisition or any
other transaction contemplated in the Loan Documents or the Transaction
Documents.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or in
violation of any foreign, federal, state or local law, rule, regulation, order,
writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding upon or applicable to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary, in each case the consequences of which default or
violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No
filings were required to be made with respect to the Acquisition under the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

     5.5. Financial Statements.  The Borrower has heretofore furnished to
each of the Lenders (a) the December 31, 1992 audited consolidated financial
statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (b) the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries through
September 30, 1993 (collectively, the "Financial Statements").  The pro forma
balance sheet and related profit and loss statement (the "Pro Forma") of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 1993,
dated January 26, 1994, has previously been delivered to the Lenders.  As of
the date of this Agreement, and to the best of Borrower's knowledge, except for
adjustments which would be necessary to give effect to the repayment or
refinancing of indebtedness of SPX Credit expressly contemplated hereby and to
give effect to an extension of the Existing Receivables Financing, the Pro
Forma contains all pro forma adjustments appropriate to reflect the Closing
Transactions and the other transactions and actions contemplated by this
Agreement, the Loan Documents and the Transaction Documents, and such pro forma
adjustments have been properly applied to the historical amounts in the
compilation of the Pro Forma.   Each of the Financial Statements was prepared
in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles and fairly presents the
consolidated financial condition and operations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries at such dates and the consolidated results of their operations for
the respective periods then ended (except, in the case of such unaudited
statements, for normal year-end audit adjustments).

     5.6. Material Adverse Change.  Since December 31, 1993, no event or
change has occurred which has caused or evidences a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.7. Taxes.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed or caused to
be filed on a timely basis and in correct form all United States federal and
applicable foreign, state and local tax returns and all other tax returns which
are required to be filed and have paid all taxes due pursuant to said returns
or pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which
adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with Agreement Accounting
Principles and as to which no Lien exists.  The United



                                     -43-
<PAGE>   50

States income tax returns of the Borrower on a consolidated basis have
been audited by the Internal Revenue Service through Fiscal Year 1987.  All
years subsequent to 1987 are open and subject to audit.  No tax Liens have been
filed and no claims are being asserted with respect to any such taxes which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The charges,
accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
respect of any taxes or other governmental charges are in accordance with
Agreement Accounting Principles.

     5.8. Litigation and Contingent Obligations.  There is no litigation,
arbitration, proceeding, inquiry or governmental investigation (including,
without limitation, by the Federal Trade Commission) pending or, to the
knowledge of any of their officers, threatened against or affecting the
Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties except as set
forth on Schedule 5.8, and no such matter set forth therein could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to prevent, enjoin or unduly
delay the making of the Loans or Advances under this Agreement.  Neither the
Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any material contingent obligations except as
set forth on Schedule 5.8.  The Borrower is not obligated, contingently or
otherwise, to make additional Investments in any entity in which it currently
has a direct or indirect equity interest.

     5.9. Capitalization.  Schedule 5.9 hereto contains (a) an accurate
description of the Borrower's capitalization and (b) an accurate list of all of
the existing Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement, setting forth their
respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation and the percentage of
their capital stock owned by the Borrower or other Subsidiaries.  All of the
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Borrower and of each
Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable, and all such shares of each such Subsidiary are free and clear
of all Liens, other than the Liens created by the Loan Documents.  No
authorized but unissued or treasury shares of capital stock of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary are subject to any option, warrant, right to call or commitment
of any kind or character, except as set forth on Schedule 5.9 hereto.  Except
as set forth on Schedule 5.9, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any
outstanding stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares
of its capital stock, or any right issued to any Person (either preemptive or
other) to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, or
any agreements providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of, or any
calls, commitments or claims of any character relating to any of its capital
stock or any stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any of
its capital stock other than as expressly set forth in the certificate or
articles of incorporation, or partnership agreement, of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any
obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or
retire any shares of its capital stock or any


                                     -44-
<PAGE>   51

convertible securities, rights or options of the type described in the
preceding sentence except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 5.9.  References
in this section to "capital stock" and shares shall, with respect to any
Subsidiary which is a partnership, be deemed references to partnership
interests.

     5.10. ERISA.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.10, neither the
Borrower nor any other member of the Controlled Group maintains any Single
Employer Plans, and no Single Employer Plan has any Unfunded Liability. 
Neither the Borrower nor any other member of the Controlled Group maintains, or
is obligated to contribute to, any Multiemployer Plan or has incurred, or is
reasonably expected to incur, any withdrawal liability to any Multiemployer
Plan.  Each Plan complies in all material respects with all applicable
requirements of law and regulations.  Neither the Borrower nor any member of
the Controlled Group has, with respect to any Plan, failed to make any
contribution or pay any amount required under Section 412 of the IRC or Section
302 of ERISA or the terms of such Plan.  There are no pending or, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions, investigations or
lawsuits against any Plan, any fiduciary thereof, or the Borrower or any member
of the Controlled Group with respect to a Plan which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Borrower has not engaged in
any prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 4975 of the IRC or Section
406 of ERISA) in connection with any Plan which would subject the Borrower to
any material liability.  Within the last five years neither the Borrower nor
any member of the Controlled Group has engaged in a transaction which resulted
in a Single Employer Plan with an Unfunded Liability being transferred out of
the Controlled Group which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.  No Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
occur with respect to any Plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

     5.11. Defaults.  No Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is
continuing.

     5.12. Federal Reserve Regulations.  Neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary is engaged, directly or indirectly, principally, or as one of its
important activities, in the business of extending, or arranging for the
extension of, credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. 
No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used in a manner which would
violate, or result in a violation of, Regulation G, Regulation T, Regulation U
or Regulation X.  Neither the making of any Advance hereunder, the use of the
proceeds thereof, nor any other aspect of the financing of the Acquisition,
will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation G, Regulation
T, Regulation U or Regulation X.  Following the application of the proceeds of
the Loans, less than 25% of the value (as determined by any reasonable method)
of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are subject to any
limitation on sale, pledge, or other restriction



                                     -45-
<PAGE>   52

hereunder taken as a whole have been, and will continue to be,
represented by Margin Stock.

     5.13. Investment Company.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is,
or after giving effect to any Advance will be, an "investment company" or a
company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     5.14. Certain Fees.  Other than as disclosed on Schedule 5.14, no
broker's or finder's fee or commission was, is or will be payable by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to any of the transactions (including,
without limitation, the Acquisition) contemplated by this Agreement or the
Transaction Documents.  The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Agent and
the Lenders against and agrees that it will hold each of them harmless from any
claim, demand or liability for broker's or finder's fees or commissions alleged
to have been incurred by the Borrower in connection with any of the
transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisition) contemplated by
this Agreement or the Transaction Documents and any expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agent
or any Lender, which attorneys may be employees of the Agent or any Lender)
arising in connection with any such claim, demand or liability.

     5.15. Solvency.  As of the date hereof, after giving effect to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the
Transaction Documents and the payment of all fees, costs and expenses payable
by the Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan
Documents and the Transaction Documents, each of the Borrower and each
Subsidiary is Solvent.

     5.16. Ownership of Properties.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.16
hereto, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have a subsisting leasehold interest
in, or good and marketable title to, free of all Liens, other than those
permitted by Section 6.18 or by any of the other Loan Documents, all of the
properties and assets reflected in the Financial Statements as being owned by
it, except for assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the
ordinary course of business since the date thereof.  To the knowledge of the
Borrower, there are no actual, threatened or alleged defaults with respect to
any leases of real property under which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is
lessee or lessor which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries own or possess rights to use all
licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks, trademarks
and trade names necessary to continue to conduct their business as heretofore
conducted, and no such license, patent or trademark has been declared invalid,
been limited by order of any court or by agreement or is the subject of any
infringement, interference or similar proceeding or challenge, except for


                                     -46-
<PAGE>   53

challenges which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.17. Indebtedness.  Attached hereto as Schedule 5.17 is a complete and
correct list of all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
outstanding on the date of this Agreement (other than Indebtedness in a
principal amount not exceeding $100,000 for a single item of Indebtedness and
$1,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Indebtedness listed), showing the
aggregate principal amount which was outstanding on such date after giving
effect to the making of the Loans.  The Borrower has delivered or caused to be
delivered to the Lenders a true and complete copy of each instrument evidencing
any Indebtedness listed on Schedule 5.17 and of each document pursuant to which
any of such Indebtedness was issued.  All Indebtedness of SPT and SPT Europe is
non-recourse to the Borrower except as indicated on Schedule 5.17.

     5.18. Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits.  As of December 31, 1993, the
present value of the expected cost of post-retirement medical and insurance
benefits payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to its employees, as
estimated by the Borrower in accordance with procedures and assumptions deemed
reasonable by the Agent, does not exceed $89,300,000.

     5.19. Employee Controversies.  There are no strikes, work stoppages or
controversies pending or threatened between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and
any of its employees, other than employee grievances arising in the ordinary
course of business, which, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.20. Material Agreements.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is
a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other
corporate or partnership restriction which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in
default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the
obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement to which it is
a party, which default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     5.21. Acquisition Documents.  The Borrower has delivered to each of the
Lenders true, complete and correct copies of the Acquisition Documents
(including all schedules, exhibits, annexes, amendments, supplements,
modifications, and all other documents delivered pursuant thereto or in
connection therewith). The Acquisition Documents as originally executed and
delivered by the parties thereto have not been amended, waived, supplemented or
modified without the consent of the Required Lenders. Neither the Borrower nor
any other party thereto is in default in the performance of or compliance with
any provisions thereof. Each of the representations and warranties of the
parties in the Acquisition Documents is true and correct in all material
aspects


                                     -47-
<PAGE>   54

as of the date hereof.  The Acquisition has been consummated in
accordance with applicable laws and regulations and the terms of the Purchase
Agreement.

     5.22. Environmental Laws.  Except as disclosed in responses to a
questionnaire previously submitted to the Lenders by the Borrower (the
"Environmental Questionnaire"), there are no claims, investigations,
litigation, administrative proceedings, notices, requests for information,
whether pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, or judgments or
orders asserting violations of applicable federal, state and local
environmental, health and safety statutes, regulations, ordinances, codes,
rules, orders, decrees, directives and standards ("Environmental Laws") or
relating to any toxic or hazardous waste, substance or chemical or any
pollutant, contaminant, chemical or other substance defined or regulated
pursuant to any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos,
petroleum, crude oil or any fraction thereof ("Hazardous Materials") asserted
against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except in each case for
matters which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed in the
Environmental Questionnaire, to the best knowledge of Borrower, neither the
Borrower nor any Subsidiary has caused or permitted any Hazardous Materials to
be released, either on or under real property, currently or formerly, legally
or beneficially owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or on or
under real property to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
transported, arranged for the transport or disposal of, or disposed of
Hazardous Materials in violation of Environmental Laws, except in each case for
matters which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No real property currently or
formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary has ever been used
as a dump or disposal site or as a treatment or storage site for Hazardous
Materials.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (i) have obtained and are
in substantial compliance with all permits, certificates, licenses, approvals
and other authorizations ("Environmental Permits") required for the operation
of their business and (ii) have filed all required notifications or reports
relating to chemical substances, air emissions, effluent discharges and the
storage, treatment, transport and disposal of Hazardous Materials, except where
the failure to so file any such notification or report could not, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
Except as disclosed in the Environmental Questionnaire, as of the date hereof,
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not have liabilities exceeding $100,000 in
the aggregate for all of them with respect to compliance with applicable
Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits or related to the generation,
treatment, storage, disposal, release, investigation or cleanup of Hazardous
Materials, and no facts or circumstances exist which could give rise to such
liabilities with respect to compliance with applicable Environmental Laws and
Environmental Permits and the generation, treatment, storage,



                                     -48-
<PAGE>   55

disposal, release, investigation or cleanup of Hazardous Materials. 
The operation and production of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries will not be
materially adversely impacted or affected by the compliance by any such Person
with applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits or related to the
generation, treatment, storage, disposal, release, investigation or cleanup of
Hazardous Materials.

     5.23. Insurance.  The property, casualty and other insurance in
existence and carried by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries complies with the
requirements of Section 6.6.  

     5.24. Disclosure.  None of (a) the information, exhibits or reports
furnished or to be furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Agent or
to any Lender in connection with the negotiation of the Loan Documents, or (b)
the representations or warranties of the Borrower or any Subsidiary contained
in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Transaction Documents or any
other document, certificate or written statement furnished to the Agent or the
Lenders by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary for use in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction
Documents, as the case may be, contained, contains or will contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not
misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made.  The pro
forma financial information contained in such materials is based upon good
faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at
the time made.  There is no fact known to the Borrower (other than matters of a
general economic nature) that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect and that has not been disclosed herein or in such other
documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Lenders for use in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VI

                                   COVENANTS

     During the term of this Agreement, unless the Required Lenders shall
otherwise consent in writing:

     6.1. Financial Reporting.  The Borrower will maintain, for itself and
each Subsidiary, a system of accounting established and administered in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied,
and furnish to the Lenders:

          (a)  As soon as practicable and in any event within 90 days after the
close of each of its fiscal years (or, in the case of the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1993 only, 120 days after the close of such fiscal year), an
unqualified audit report certified


                                     -49-
<PAGE>   56

by independent certified public accountants, acceptable to the Lenders,
prepared in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles on a consolidated
and consolidating basis (consolidating statements need not be certified by such
accountants) for itself and its Subsidiaries (it being acknowledged and agreed
that for purposes of the financial statements required to be delivered under
this Section 6.1, any reference to financial statements prepared "on a
consolidating basis" or words of similar import shall be deemed to require only
that such financial statements be prepared for each of the Borrower, SPT and
SPX Credit on a stand-alone basis), including balance sheets as of the end of
such period, related profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements,
and a statement of cash flows, accompanied by (i) any management letter
prepared by said accountants, (ii) a certificate of said accountants that, in
the course of the examination necessary for their certification of the
foregoing, they have obtained no knowledge of any Default or Unmatured Default,
or if, in the opinion of such accountants, any Default or Unmatured Default
shall exist, stating the nature and status thereof, and (iii) a letter from
said accountants addressed to the Lenders acknowledging that the Lenders are
extending credit in primary reliance on such financial statements and
authorizing such reliance.

         (b)  As soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after the
close of the first three quarterly periods of each of its fiscal years, for
itself and its Subsidiaries, consolidated and consolidating unaudited balance
sheets as at the close of each such period and consolidated and consolidating
profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and a statement of
cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of
such quarter, all certified by its chief financial officer.

         (c)  As soon as available, but in any event not later than the last
Business Day in February of each year, a copy of the plan and forecast
(including a projected consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income
statement and funds flow statement) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
the next fiscal year.

         (d)  Together with the financial statements required by clauses (a) and
(b) above, a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B
hereto signed by its chief financial officer showing the calculations necessary
to determine compliance with this Agreement and stating that no Default or
Unmatured Default exists, or if any Default or Unmatured Default exists,
stating the nature and status thereof.

         (e)  Within 330 days after the close of each fiscal year, a copy of the
Schedule B attached to the Annual Return Form 5500 for such year for each
Single Employer Plan and the detailed information on reconciliation of funded
status as prepared under SFAS 87 for such year.


                                     -50-
<PAGE>   57

         (f)  As soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after the
Borrower knows that any Termination Event has occurred with respect to any
Plan, a statement, signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower,
describing said Termination Event and the action which the Borrower proposes to
take with respect thereto.

         (g)  As soon as possible and in any event within 20 days after receipt
by the Borrower, a copy of (i) any notice, claim, complaint or order to the
effect that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be liable to any
Person as a result of the release by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or
any other Person of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or requiring
that action be taken to respond to or clean up a Release of Hazardous Materials
into the environment, and (ii) any notice, complaint or citation alleging any
violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries.  Within 20 days of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
having knowledge of the proposal, enactment or promulgation of any
Environmental Law which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, the Borrower shall provide the Agent with written notice thereof.

         (h)  Promptly upon the filing or availability thereof, as applicable,
copies of each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by
the Borrower or any Subsidiary to stockholders generally and of each
registration statement (exclusive of exhibits) or prospectus and annual,
quarterly, monthly or other regular report which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor
agency.

         (i)  Promptly and in any event within 20 days after learning thereof,
notification of (i) any tax assessment, demand, notice of proposed deficiency
or notice of deficiency received by the Borrower or any other Consolidated
Person or (ii) the filing of any tax Lien or commencement of any judicial
proceeding by or against any such Consolidated Person, if any such assessment,
demand, notice, Lien or judicial proceeding relates to tax liabilities in
excess of ten percent (10%) of the Consolidated Net Worth as of the date of
such notice. 

         (j)  Such other information (including non-financial information) as
the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

     6.2. Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Advances to repay in
full the indebtedness identified on Schedule 6.2 (which schedule shall
describe, with respect to each such item of Indebtedness, the holder(s) of such
Indebtedness, the principal amount thereof, the date on or prior to which such
Indebtedness shall be repaid in full (which shall be no later than thirty days


                                     -51-
<PAGE>   58

following the date hereof), the estimated maximum amount required to
repay and discharge such Indebtedness in full on such anticipated repayment
date, including all accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses, and the
Liens, if any, securing such Indebtedness), to meet the working capital needs
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and to repay outstanding Advances and
Reimbursement Obligations and otherwise in compliance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, use any of the Facility Letters of
Credit or the proceeds of any Advances to purchase or carry any "margin stock"
(as defined in Regulation U).

     6.3. Notice of Default.  The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, give prompt notice in writing to the Lenders of the occurrence
of any Default or Unmatured Default and of any other development, financial or
other, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.4. Conduct of Business.  The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same
manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently
conducted and to do all things necessary to remain duly incorporated or
organized, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic corporation or
limited partnership in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and
maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction
in which its business is conducted; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section 6.4 shall prevent the abandonment or termination of the Borrower's
authorization to do business in any foreign jurisdiction or of the corporate
existence, rights and franchises of any Subsidiary if such abandonment or
termination is in the best interests of the Borrower and not disadvantageous in
any material respect to the Lenders.

     6.5. Taxes.  The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to,
timely file complete and correct United States federal and applicable foreign,
state and local tax returns required by applicable law and pay when due all
taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies upon it or its income,
profits or Property, except those which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been
set aside; provided, however, that any such tax, assessment, charge or levy
need not be paid if (i) the same shall currently be contested in good faith in
proceedings which are, in the opinion of the Borrower, appropriate; (ii) the
Borrower or such Subsidiary shall have provided accruals which, in the opinion
of independent public accountants for the Borrower, are adequate to pay and
discharge any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or indebtedness which could
reasonably be anticipated at the time of their examination; and (iii) no
proceedings shall have been commenced to foreclose any Lien which may have
attached as security therefor.


                                     -52-
<PAGE>   59
     6.6. Insurance.  The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to,
maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on
all their Property in such amounts and covering such risks as is consistent
with sound business practice; provided, however, that the Borrower or any such
Subsidiary may effect workmen's compensation insurance with respect to
operations in any particular jurisdiction through an insurance fund operated by
such jurisdiction.  Except as aforesaid, all such insurance shall be carried
with insurers of good standing.  Anything in this Section 6.6 to the contrary
notwithstanding, all insurance policies required to be maintained by this
Section 6.6 may contain or be subject to co-insurance, deductibles or similar
clauses or exclusions which in effect result in self-insurance or retention of
risks in amounts customary in the Borrower's industry.  The Borrower will
furnish to the Agent and any Lender upon request full information as to the
insurance carried.

     6.7. Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs,
judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, the
failure to comply with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     6.8. Maintenance of Properties.  The Borrower will, and will cause each
Subsidiary to, do all things necessary to maintain, preserve, protect and keep
its Property in good repair, working order and condition, and make all
necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times;
provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of Section 6.13, nothing in
this Section 6.8 shall prevent the retirement, sale or other disposition of any
property of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary no longer used or useful in the
conduct of its respective businesses if such retirement, sale or other
disposition is in the best interests of the Borrower and not disadvantageous in
any material respect to the Lenders.

     6.9. Inspection.  The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary to,
permit the Agent and the Lenders, by their respective representatives and
agents, to inspect any of the Property, corporate or partnership books and
financial records of the Borrower and each Subsidiary, to examine and make
copies of the books of accounts and other financial records of the Borrower and
each Subsidiary, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the
Borrower and each Subsidiary with, and to be advised as to the same by, their
respective officers at such reasonable times and intervals as the Lenders may
designate.  The Borrower will keep or cause to be kept, and cause each
Subsidiary to keep or cause to be kept, appropriate records and books of
account in which complete entries are to be made reflecting its and their
business and financial transactions, such entries to be made in accordance with
Agreement Accounting Principles consistently applied.


                                     -53-
<PAGE>   60

     6.10. Capital Stock and Dividends.  The Borrower will not, nor will it
permit any Subsidiary to, declare or pay any dividends or make any
distributions on its capital stock or partnership interests (other than
dividends payable in its own capital stock or partnership interests) or redeem,
repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any of its capital stock or
partnership interests at any time outstanding, except that (a) any Subsidiary
may declare and pay dividends or make distributions to the Borrower and (b) the
Borrower may declare and pay dividends, make distributions and redeem,
repurchase, reacquire or retire its capital stock (each a "Restricted Payment")
so long as no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is continuing
either before or after giving effect thereto; provided, however, that at any
time that the Standard & Poors Corporation credit rating for the Borrower's
long term unsecured debt (without credit enhancement) is not BBB or better, no
Restricted Payment may be made which, when added to all Restricted Payments
paid in the preceding twelve months, would exceed 10% of the Borrower's EBITDA
for such twelve month period; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary from
making any Restricted Payments in the form of dividends (x) in an aggregate
amount of $8,000,000, which dividends shall be declared on or prior to March
31, 1995 and paid on or before June 30, 1995, and (y) within 90 days after the
date of declaration thereof, if as of the date of such declaration, the
provisions of this Section 6.10 shall have been complied with, or (ii) SPT from
making Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not in excess of $3,000,000
in order to redeem or repurchase partnership interests held by members of SPT's
management.

     6.11. Indebtedness.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

          (a)  the Loans;

          (b)  Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and described in 
Schedule 5.17 hereto, including any refundings or refinancings of working 
capital Indebtedness of foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower described on such
Schedule, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness so refunded or replaced
does not exceed the amount committed with respect thereto as of the date
hereof, provided that any such Indebtedness consisting of Existing Borrower
Indebtedness shall be repaid in full on or prior to the repayment date with
respect thereto set forth on Schedule 6.2; 

          (c)  the Subordinated Notes; 

          (d)  Rate Hedging Obligations related to the Loans;

          (e)  Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section 6.18(h) 
hereof;


                                     -54-
<PAGE>   61

     (f)  Indebtedness of any Subsidiary owing to the Company or any other
Subsidiary, if permitted by Section 6.16 hereof;

     (g)  Indebtedness of the Borrower pursuant to the Existing Receivables
Financing;

     (h) Indebtedness of the Borrower pursuant to an Incremental Receivables
Financing, so long as (i) at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and after
giving effect thereto, no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is
continuing, and (ii) the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness permitted under
this clause (h) shall not exceed the lesser of (x) $24,100,000 minus the
aggregate amount of any Indebtedness consisting of a SPX Credit Lease Financing
incurred pursuant to clause (i) below, and (y) $50,000,000 minus the aggregate
amount of Investments and Purchases permitted pursuant to Section 6.16(h) as of
the date such Indebtedness is incurred;

     (i) Indebtedness of SPX Credit pursuant to an SPX Credit Lease
Financing, so long as (i) at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and after
giving effect thereto, no Default or Unmatured Default has occurred and is
continuing, and (ii) the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness permitted under
this clause (i) shall not exceed the lesser of (x) $24,100,000 minus the
aggregate amount of any Indebtedness consisting of an Incremental Receivables
Financing incurred pursuant to clause (h) above, and (y) $50,000,000 minus the
aggregate amount of Investments and Purchases permitted pursuant to Section
6.16(h) as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred; 

     (j)  Indebtedness of the Borrower not in excess of $5,000,000 at any
time outstanding incurred pursuant to an unsecured revolving facility
reasonably acceptable to the Agent; and

     (k) Indebtedness of foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower incurred for
working capital purposes, the obligations in respect of which are supported by
Facility Letters of Credit issued hereunder at the request of the Borrower and
for the Borrower's account. 

     6.12. Merger.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary
to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person, except that (a) a
Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
Borrower; (b) subject to Section 6.16 hereof, any Subsidiary may merge or
consolidate with any corporation other than the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary, provided that (i) the surviving, continuing or resulting
corporation shall be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and (ii) immediately after such
merger or consolidation Borrower would not be in default under this Agreement;
and (c) any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other corporation
other than the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary in a merger or
consolidation in which the


                                     -55-
<PAGE>   62

surviving, continuing or resulting corporation shall not be a
Subsidiary if and so long as the Property represented thereby, together with
all Property disposed of pursuant to Section 6.13 hereof and all Property
disposed of pursuant hereto, does not constitute a Substantial Portion of the
Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.  Without limitation of the
foregoing, during the Interim Facility Term or the Permanent Facility Term (i)
SPT Europe shall not be merged or consolidated with or into, or its assets
transferred to, SPT and (ii) no Excluded Subsidiary shall be merged or
consolidated with, or its assets transferred to, the Borrower or any of its
other Subsidiaries.

     6.13. Sale of Assets.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of its Property, to
any other Person except for (a) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of
business, and (b) leases, sales, transfers or other dispositions of its
Property that, together with all other Property of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries previously leased, sold or disposed of (other than inventory sold
in the ordinary course of business) as permitted by this Section 6.13 since the
date hereof do not constitute a Substantial Portion of the Property of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.  

     6.14. Sale of Accounts.  Except with respect to the Existing
Receivables Financings or any Incremental Receivables Financings or SPX Credit
Lease Financings permitted hereunder, the Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any Subsidiary to, sell or otherwise dispose of any notes receivable or
accounts receivable, with or without recourse.

     6.15. Sale and Leaseback.  Except as otherwise permitted by Section
6.18 hereof, the Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, sell
or transfer any of its Property in order to concurrently or subsequently lease
as lessee such or similar Property.

     6.16. Investments and Purchases.  The Borrower will not, nor will it
permit any Subsidiary to, make or suffer to exist any Investments (including,
without limitation, loans and advances to, and other Investments in,
Subsidiaries), or commitments therefor, or to create any Subsidiary or to
become or remain a partner in any partnership or joint venture, or to make any
Purchases of any Person, except:

     (a)  Short-term obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the United
States of America;

     (b)  Commercial paper rated A-l or better by Standard and Poor's
Corporation or P-l or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;


                                     -56-
<PAGE>   63

          (c)  Demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of
business;

          (d)  Certificates of deposit issued by and time deposits with
commercial banks (whether domestic or foreign) having capital and surplus in
excess of $100,000,000;

          (e)  Existing Investments in Subsidiaries and other Investments in
existence on the date hereof and described in Schedule 6.16 hereto; 

          (f)  Investments in any mutual fund organized under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 which invests only in instruments described in clauses (a),
(b), and (d) above;

          (g)  Additional Investments in SPT (i) of up to $10,000,000 in the
aggregate so long as SPT is party to a Subsidiary Guaranty; provided that no
such Investments shall be made during the Interim Facility Term or the
Permanent Facility Term and (ii) upon issuance of the Subordinated Notes, in an
aggregate amount not in excess of that required to repay in full the existing
Indebtedness of SPT described on Schedule 2.21(b)(iii), so long as the proceeds
of all such Investments are used by SPT to fully repay such Indebtedness; 

          (h)  Investments or Purchases during the term of this Agreement by the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000
(subject to the proviso set forth below), so long as at the time of any such
Investment or Purchase and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Unmatured
Default has occurred and is continuing; provided however, that (i) until the
term of the Existing Receivables Financing has been extended (the "Extension")
to at least March 1, 1997, no Investments or Purchases shall be permitted under
this clause (h); (ii) from and after the effective date of the Extension,
Investments or Purchases of up to an aggregate amount of $25,900,000 shall be
permitted pursuant to this clause (h); (iii) upon consummation of an
Incremental Receivables Financing and/or an SPX Credit Lease Financing after
the Extension, the aggregate amount permitted for Investments or Purchases
under this clause (h) shall be increased by an aggregate amount equal to the
net cash proceeds received by the Borrower and/or SPX Credit in connection with
such Incremental Receivables Financing and/or SPX Credit Lease Financing or
such lesser amount as is required to increase to $50,000,000 the maximum amount
of Investments and Purchases permitted under this clause (h), and (iv) upon the
delivery to the Agent of the financial statements required by Section 6.1(a)
for each calendar year commencing on or after January 1, 1994, the aggregate
dollar limit then permitted for Investments or Purchases under this clause (h)
shall be increased by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 50 % of the
Borrower's Excess Cash Flow for such calendar year and (ii) the amount required
to increase to $50,000,000 the maximum amount of



                                     -57-
<PAGE>   64

Investments and Purchases then permitted pursuant to this Section 6.16(h);

          (i)  Additional Investments by the Borrower in SPX Credit of up to
$12,000,000 in the aggregate so long as SPX Credit is party to a Subsidiary
Guaranty and so long as such Investments are made for the purpose of financing
growth at SPX Credit in its existing lines of business or in related lines of
business; 

          (j)  the Borrower may make a loan to SPX Corporation Stock Ownership
Plan Trust (the "ESOP") so long as the amount of such loan does not exceed the
amount required to repay in full the Indebtedness of the ESOP described on
Schedule 6.2 and so long as the proceeds of such loan are used by the ESOP to
so repay such Indebtedness on or prior to the repayment date applicable thereto
pursuant to such schedule; and

          (k)  the Borrower may make a loan to each Subsidiary identified on
Schedule 6.2 so long as the amount of any such loan does not exceed the amount
required to repay in full the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary described on
Schedule 6.2 and so long as the proceeds of such loan are used by such
Subsidiary to so repay such Indebtedness on or prior to the repayment date
applicable thereto pursuant to such schedule. 

          6.17. Contingent Obligations.  The Borrower will not, nor will it
permit any Subsidiary to, make or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligation
(including, without limitation, any Contingent Obligation with respect to the
obligations of a Subsidiary), except (a) by endorsement of instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, (b) guaranties by any
Subsidiary of the obligations of Borrower hereunder, (c) to the extent that
guaranties are issued by Subsidiaries as permitted by clause (b) above,
subordinated guaranties by such Subsidiaries of the Subordinated Notes, which
subordinated guaranties shall be on terms (including terms of subordination)
satisfactory to the Required Lenders, (d) Contingent Obligations of the
Borrower and SPX Credit arising under (i) that certain letter agreement dated
as of November 1990 between the Borrower and Sanwa Business Credit Corporation
("SBCC") and (ii) that certain letter agreement dated as of December 20, 1990
between SBCC and The Allen Group Leasing Corp., the predecessor in interest to
SPX Credit, and the guaranty by the Borrower of SPX Credit's obligations under
such letter agreement, (iii) those certain letter agreements dated July 31,
1992 and February 17, 1993, respectively, between the Borrower and Norwest
Equipment Finance, Inc. and its assignees, if any; (iv) that certain Program
Agreement dated as of February 28, 1991 between the Borrower and General
Electric Capital Corporation, as assignee of Chase Manhattan Service
Corporation, and (v) any other similar agreements relating to the sale of
equipment leases existing as of the date hereof to which the Borrower is a
party, in each case so long as the gross aggregate amount of Contingent
Obligations of the Borrower and SPX Credit under all such



                                     -58-
<PAGE>   65

agreements does not exceed $27,260,000, (e) Contingent Obligations in
respect of Facility Letters of Credit, including Facility Letters of Credit
issued to support Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.11(k), and (f)
Contingent Obligations in respect of Indebtedness existing as of the date
hereof and listed on Schedule 5.17, including refundings or refinancings of
such Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.11(b).

      6.18. Liens.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary
to, create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien in, of or on the Property
(including without limitation the capital stock of any Subsidiary other than an
Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for the
following (each a "Permitted Lien"):

          (a)  Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on
its Property if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can
be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with
generally accepted principles of accounting shall have been set aside on its
books;

          (b)  Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and
mechanics' liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of
business which secure payment of obligations not more than 60 days past due or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for
which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on its books;

          (c)  Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under worker's
compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social
security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation;

          (d)  Utility easements, building restrictions and such other
encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally
existing with respect to properties of a similar character and which do not in
any material way affect the marketability of the same or interfere with the use
thereof in the business of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries; 

         (e)  Attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in connection
with court proceedings, provided that execution or other enforcement of such
Liens is effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby are being actively
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

          (f)  Liens on Property of a Subsidiary securing only obligations owing
to the Borrower or another Subsidiary, so long as the Indebtedness so secured
is permitted by Section 6.11 hereof;

         (g)  Liens existing on Property at the time acquired by the Borrower or
a Subsidiary, whether by purchase, merger,



                                     -59-
<PAGE>   66

consolidation or otherwise, and Liens existing on the property of a
corporation at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such Liens were not
created in anticipation of such corporation becoming a Subsidiary;


     (h)  (i) Liens evidencing purchase money or construction mortgages on
real property acquired after the date hereof and securing Indebtedness not
exceeding the purchase price of such Property, (ii) Liens evidencing Capital
Leases relating to real property first placed in service after the date hereof,
the Capitalized Lease Obligation with respect to which shall not exceed the
fair value of such property at such first service date (and any related first
mortgage placed on such property by the lessor under such Capital Lease if the
rentals due thereunder will fully service the Indebtedness secured by such
first mortgage to such Capital Lease or by providing that the lessee under such
Capital Lease will make rental payments directly to the holder of such
Indebtedness, to assure that such lessee will not be disturbed in its use and
occupancy of such property so long as it in compliance with such Capital
Lease); (iii) Liens created after the date hereof in connection with industrial
development or pollution control financings, but only if each such Lien is
limited to the specific property, project or facilities then being financed;
and (iv) chattel mortgage, conditional sale or other title retention agreements
securing the purchase price of personal property acquired after the date hereof
and not extending to any other property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, so
long as the aggregate Indebtedness secured pursuant to this clause (h) does not
exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

     (i)  Liens associated with the Existing Receivables Financing or any
Incremental Receivables Financing permitted under this Agreement;

     (j)  Liens on assets of SPX Credit associated with any SPX Credit Lease
Financing permitted under this Agreement; and

     (k)  Liens existing on the date hereof and described in Schedule 6.18
hereto, including Liens securing Existing Borrower Indebtedness so long as such
Indebtedness is repaid in full, and all such Liens are released and discharged,
on or prior to the repayment date with respect to such Indebtedness set forth
on Schedule 6.2.

   6.19. Capital Expenditures.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any Subsidiary to, expend, or be committed to expend for Capital Expenditures
(including, without limitation, for the acquisition of fixed assets) on a
non-cumulative basis in the aggregate for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
more than the following amounts during any fiscal year of the Borrower as shown
below; provided, however, that the limits set forth in column (a) below shall
not be applicable during the Alternate Permanent Facility Term; and provided,
further that if in any fiscal year



                                     -60-
<PAGE>   67

from and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 1994, (x) the
aggregate actual Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
(excluding SPT) are less than the maximum amount permitted for such fiscal year
pursuant to column (a) below (the amount by which such aggregate actual
expenditures in any fiscal year are less than the amount permitted for such
fiscal year being referred to herein as a "Shortfall"), then such Shortfall may
be carried forward and expended at any time during the next two succeeding
fiscal years (and only during such next two succeeding fiscal years), and (y)
the aggregate actual Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and all of its
Subsidiaries are less than the maximum amount permitted for such fiscal year
pursuant to column (b) below, then such Shortfall may be carried forward and
expended at time during the next two succeeding fiscal years (and only during
such next two succeeding fiscal years):

                    (a) Limit for the    (b) Limit for 
                     Borrower and its    the Borrower and 
     Fiscal          Subsidiaries        all of its
      Year           (excluding SPT)     Subsidiaries     

      1994             $22,500,000       $52,000,000
      1995             $18,500,000       $42,000,000
      1996             $17,500,000       $34,000,000
      1997             $19,000,000       $38,000,000
      1998             $20,000,000       $41,000,000
      1999 and each    $21,500,000       $44,000,000
        fiscal year 
        thereafter

     6.20. Lease Rentals.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur or suffer to exist obligations for Rentals in
respect of operating leases in excess of $15,000,000 during any one fiscal year
on a non-cumulative basis in the aggregate for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.

     6.21. Letters of Credit.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to, apply for or become liable upon any Letter of Credit other than
Facility Letters of Credit.

     6.22. Affiliates.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction (including, without limitation, the
purchase or sale of any Property or service) with, or make any payment or
transfer to, any Affiliate except in the ordinary course of business and
pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's
business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower
or such Subsidiary than the Borrower or such Subsidiary would obtain in a
comparable arms-length transaction.

     6.23. Amendments to Agreements.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, amend, waive, modify or terminate any provisions of
any documents evidencing or governing



                                     -61-
<PAGE>   68

Indebtedness of any Subsidiary, which provisions provide that such
Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Borrower.

     6.24. Rate Hedging Obligations.  Within sixty (60) days of the first
day of the Permanent Facility Term or the Alternate Permanent Facility Term, as
applicable, the Borrower will enter into an interest rate exchange or insurance
agreement or agreements with any Lender or with one or more other financial
institutions acceptable to the Required Lenders in their reasonable discretion,
providing for a fixed rate of interest on a notional amount of at least
$75,000,000, bearing interest at an all-in fixed rate not in excess of eight
percent (8.0%) per annum, and an average weighted maturity of at least two (2)
years. 

     6.25. Environmental Matters.  The Borrower shall and shall cause each
of its Subsidiaries to (a) at all times comply in all material respects with
all applicable Environmental Laws and (b) promptly take any and all reasonable
and necessary remedial actions in response to the presence, storage, use,
disposal, transportation or Release of any Hazardous Materials on, under or
about any real property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries.  In the event that the Borrower or any Subsidiary undertakes any
remedial action with respect to any Hazardous Material on, under or about any
real property, the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall conduct and complete such
remedial action in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and in
accordance with the policies, orders and directives of all federal, state and
local governmental authorities, except when the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's
liability for such presence, storage, use, disposal, transportation or Release
of any Hazardous Material is being contested in good faith by the Borrower or
such Subsidiary and appropriate reserves therefor have been established.  If
the Agent or any Lender at any time has a reasonable basis to believe that
there may be a material violation of any Environmental Law by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, or any material liability arising thereunder or
related to a Release of Hazardous Materials on any real property owned, leased
or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or a Release on real
property adjacent to such real property, then the Borrower shall, upon the
request of the Agent or such Lender, provide the Agent and each Lender with all
such reports, certificates, engineering studies and other written material or
data as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably require.

     6.26. Agreements as to Prohibited Acts.  Neither the Borrower nor any
Subsidiary shall agree or in any manner commit itself to take or fail to take
any action which, if taken or not taken, as applicable, would constitute a
breach of this Agreement.
 
     6.27. Change in Corporate or Partnership Structure; Fiscal Year.  The
Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, (a) permit any
amendment or modification to be made to its certificate or articles of
incorporation, by-laws or partnership



                                     -62-
<PAGE>   69

agreement which is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders
(provided that the Borrower shall notify the Agent of any other amendment or
modification thereto as soon as practicable thereafter) or (b) change its
fiscal year to end on any date other than December 31 of each year.

     6.28. Inconsistent Agreements.  The Borrower shall not, nor shall it
permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any indenture, agreement, instrument or
other arrangement which, (a) directly or indirectly prohibits or restrains, or
has the effect of prohibiting or restraining, or imposes materially adverse
conditions upon, the incurrence of the Obligations, the granting of Liens to
the Lenders, the provision of a Subsidiary guaranty of the Obligations, the
payment of dividends or distributions by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or the
amending of the Loan Documents or (b) contains any provision which would be
violated or breached by the making of Advances or by the performance by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under any Loan Document.

     6.29. Financial Covenants.  Subject to normal year-end and closing
audit adjustments for calculations or determinations made in accordance with
Agreement Accounting Principles prior to the end of their fiscal year, the
Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries shall:

     6.29.1.  Leverage Ratio.  (a) Measured as of the last day of each
fiscal quarter during the Interim Facility Term or the Permanent Facility Term,
maintain a Leverage Ratio (expressed as a percentage) of not more than the
following during each of the following periods:

     Period                                           Ratio

     Date hereof through the last day
     of each fiscal quarter in fiscal year 
     1994. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55%

     Last day of each fiscal quarter
     in fiscal year 1995 and as of the last
     day of each fiscal quarter thereafter . . . . . . 50%

     (b) Measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter during the
Alternate Permanent Facility Term, maintain a Leverage Ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of not more than the following during each of the following
periods:

     Period                                            Ratio

     Date hereof through the last day
     of each fiscal quarter in fiscal years
     1994 and 1995. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78%

     Last day of each fiscal quarter in 



                                     -63-
<PAGE>   70

     fiscal years 1996 and 1997. . . . . . . . . . . . . .         75%

     Last day of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1998  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70%

     Last day of each fiscal quarter
     in fiscal year 1999 and as of the last
     day of each fiscal quarter thereafter . . . . . . . .         65%


     6.29.2.  Interest Expense Coverage Ratio. (a) During the Interim
Facility Term or the Permanent Facility Term, maintain an Interest Expense
Coverage Ratio of not less than the following for the following respective
periods: 

     Period                                                      Ratio

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1994, in each case for the period
     commencing on the first day of such fiscal
     year and ending on the last day of each such
     fiscal quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3.0 to 1.0

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in
     fiscal year 1995, for the trailing
     four fiscal quarter period then ended . . . . . . . .     4.0 to 1.0

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1996 and each fiscal year
     thereafter, for the trailing four fiscal
     quarter period then ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5.0 to 1.0

     (b) During the Alternate Permanent Facility Term, maintain an Interest
Expense Coverage Ratio of not less than the following for the following
respective periods: 

     Period                                                        Ratio

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1994, in each case for the
     period commencing on the first day of
     such fiscal year and ending on the last
     day of each such fiscal quarter in 1994 . . . . . . .     2.0 to 1.0

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1995, for the trailing four
     fiscal quarter period then ended  . . . . . . . . . .     2.5 to 1.0

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in
     fiscal years 1996 and 1997, for the trailing
     four fiscal quarter period then ended . . . . . . . .     3.0 to 1.0

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in



                                     -64-
<PAGE>   71

     fiscal year 1998 and each fiscal year 
     thereafter, for the trailing four fiscal 
     quarter period then ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     3.5 to 1.0


     6.29.3.  Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio.  (a) During the Interim Facility
Term or the Permanent Facility Term, maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for
the preceding four fiscal quarters of not less than the following for the
following respective periods:


     Period                                                      Ratio

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1994, in each case for the 
     period commencing on the first day of 
     such fiscal year and ending on the last
     day of such fiscal quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2.0 to 1.0  

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal years 1995 and 1996, for the 
     trailing four fiscal quarter
     period then ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2.0 to 1.0  

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in
     fiscal year 1997 and each fiscal year 
     thereafter, for the trailing four fiscal
     quarter period then ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2.25 to 1.0

     (b) As of the end of each fiscal quarter in the following fiscal years
during the Alternate Permanent Facility Term, maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarters of not less than the following:


     Period                                                        Ratio

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1994, in each case for the
     period commencing on the first day of
     such fiscal year and ending on the last
     day of such fiscal quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1.75 to 1.0  

     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in 
     fiscal year 1995, for the trailing four
     fiscal quarter period then ended  . . . . . . . . . .     1.75 to 1.0
 
     As of the end of each fiscal quarter in fiscal
     year 1996 and each fiscal year thereafter,
     for the trailing four fiscal
     quarter period then ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2.0 to 1.0


                                     -65-
<PAGE>   72
     6.30. Tax Consolidation.  The Borrower will not and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to (a) file or consent to the filing of any consolidated,
combined or unitary income tax return with any Person other than the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries or (b) enter into a tax sharing agreement or similar
arrangement, except in any case as required by applicable law.


     6.31 ERISA Compliance.

     With respect to any Plan, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
shall:

     (a)  engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as such term is defined in
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRC) for which a civil penalty
pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax pursuant to Section 4975 of the
IRC in excess of $100,000 could be imposed;

     (b)  incur any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as such term is
defined in Section 302 of ERISA) in excess of $100,000, whether or not waived; 

     (c)  permit the occurrence of any Termination Event which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;  

     (d)  be an "employer" (as such term is defined in Section 3(5) of
ERISA) required to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan or a "substantial
employer" (as such term in defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) required to
contribute to any Multiple Employer Plan for which a withdrawal from any such
plan could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

     (e)  permit the establishment or amendment of any Plan or fail to
comply with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC with respect to any
Plan which could result in liability to the Borrower or any other member of the
Controlled Group which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 
                                  ARTICLE VII

                                   DEFAULTS


     The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall
constitute a Default:

     7.1. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Lenders or the Agent under or
in connection with this Agreement, any Loan, any Facility Letter of Credit, or
any certificate or information



                                     -66-
<PAGE>   73

delivered in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document
shall be false in any material respect on the date as of which made.

     7.2. Nonpayment of (a) principal of any Note or any Reimbursement
Obligation when due, or (b) interest upon any Note or any commitment fee or
other fee or obligations under any of the Loan Documents within five days after
the same becomes due.

     7.3. The breach by the Borrower of any of the terms or provisions of
Section 6.2, Sections 6.10 through 6.24 or Section 6.26 through 6.31.  

     7.4. The breach by the Borrower (other than a breach which constitutes
a Default under Section 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3) of any of the terms or provisions of
this Agreement which is not remedied within twenty (20) days after written
notice from the Agent or any Lender.

     7.5. The default by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the
performance of any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement or
agreements under which any Indebtedness aggregating in excess of $5,000,000 was
created or is governed, or the occurrence of any other event or existence of
any other condition, the effect of any of which is to cause, or to permit the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness to cause, such Indebtedness to become
due prior to its stated maturity (except for, in each case, solely with respect
to Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.2 and which is to be repaid within
thirty days of the date hereof, so long as all such Indebtedness is so repaid);
or any such Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be
declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a
regularly scheduled payment) prior to the stated maturity thereof; or the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall become unable, not pay, or admit in
writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due.

     7.6. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (a) have an order
for relief entered with respect to it under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now
or hereafter in effect, (b) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors,
(c) apply for, seek, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a
receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it
or any Substantial Portion of its Property, (d) institute any proceeding
seeking an order for relief under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or
hereafter in effect or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or
seeking dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or fail to file
an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations of any such
proceeding filed against it, (e) take any corporate or partnership action to
authorize or effect any of the foregoing actions set


                                     -67-
<PAGE>   74

forth in this Section 7.6, or (f) fail to contest in good faith any
appointment or proceeding described in Section 7.7.

     7.7. Without the application, approval or consent of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, a receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar
official shall be appointed for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any
Substantial Portion of its Property, or a proceeding described in Section
7.6(d) shall be instituted against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and
such appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues
undismissed or unstayed for a period of thirty consecutive days.

     7.8. Any court, government or governmental agency shall condemn, seize
or otherwise appropriate, or take custody or control of (each a
"Condemnation"), all or any portion of the Property of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries which, when taken together with all other Property of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries so condemned, seized, appropriated, or taken custody or
control of, during the twelve-month period ending with the month in which any
such Condemnation occurs, constitutes a Substantial Portion.

     7.9. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail within thirty
days to pay, bond or otherwise discharge any judgment or order for the payment
of money in excess of $1,000,000 (or multiple judgments or orders for the
payment of an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000), which is not stayed on
appeal or otherwise being appropriately contested in good faith.

     7.10. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be the subject of
any proceeding or investigation pertaining to the discovery of any Hazardous
Materials on the leased or owned property of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, the release by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any
other Person of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, or any violation
of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, which, in either case, could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.11. Any Change in Control shall occur.

     7.12. The occurrence of any "default", as defined in any Loan Document
(other than this Agreement or the Notes) or the breach of any of the terms or
provisions of any Loan Document (other than this Agreement or the Notes), which
default or breach continues beyond any period of grace therein provided.

     7.13. Nonpayment by the Borrower of any Rate Hedging Obligation owing
to any Lender or the breach by the Borrower of any term, provision or condition
contained in any agreement, device or arrangement giving rise to any Rate
Hedging Obligation owing to any Lender.

     7.14. Any Subsidiary Guaranty shall fail to remain in full force or
effect or any action shall be taken to discontinue or to



                                     -68-
<PAGE>   75

assert the invalidity or unenforceability of any Subsidiary Guaranty,
or any Subsidiary shall fail to comply with any of the terms or provisions of
the Subsidiary Guaranty to which it is a party, or any Subsidiary denies that
it has any further liability under the Subsidiary Guaranty to which it is a
party, or gives notice to such effect.


                                 ARTICLE VIII

                ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES


     8.1. Acceleration.  If any Default described in Section 7.6 or 7.7
occurs with respect to the Borrower, the obligations of the Lenders to make
Loans hereunder shall automatically terminate and the Obligations shall
immediately become due and payable without any election or action on the part
of the Agent or any Lender.  If any other Default occurs, the Required Lenders
(or the Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) may terminate or
suspend the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder, or declare the
Obligations to be due and payable, or both, whereupon the Obligations shall
become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
notice of any kind, all of which the Borrower hereby expressly waives.  The
Agent may, and upon the written instructions of the Required Lenders, the Agent
shall (subject to the provisions of Section 10.5), exercise any and all rights
and remedies from time to time available to it under any Loan Document or as
otherwise permitted by law.  In addition to the foregoing, following the
occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, so long as any Facility
Letter of Credit has not been fully drawn and has not been cancelled or expired
by its terms, upon demand by the Agent the Borrower shall deposit in an account
(the "Letter of Credit Cash Collateral Account") maintained with First Chicago
in the name of the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Agent,
cash in an amount equal to the aggregate undrawn face amount of all outstanding
Facility Letters of Credit and all fees and other amounts due or which may
become due with respect thereto.  The Borrower shall have no control over funds
in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account, which funds shall be invested by
the Agent from time to time in its discretion in certificates of deposit of
First Chicago having a maturity not exceeding thirty days.  Such funds shall be
promptly applied by the Agent to reimburse the Issuer for drafts drawn from
time to time under the Facility Letters of Credit.  Such funds, if any,
remaining in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account following the payment of
all Obligations in full shall, unless the Agent is otherwise directed by a
court of competent jurisdiction, be promptly paid over to the Borrower.

     If, within ten Business Days after acceleration of the maturity of the
Obligations or termination of the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans
hereunder as a result of any Default



                                     -69-
<PAGE>   76

(other than any Default as described in Section 7.6 or 7.7 with respect
to the Borrower) and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the
Obligations due shall have been obtained or entered, the Required Lenders (in
their sole discretion) shall so direct, the Agent shall, by notice to the
Borrower, rescind and annul such acceleration and/or termination.

     8.2. Amendments.  Subject to the provisions of this Article VIII, the
Required Lenders (or the Agent with the consent in writing of the Required
Lenders) and the Borrower may enter into agreements supplemental hereto for the
purpose of adding or modifying any provisions to the Loan Documents or changing
in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the Borrower hereunder or waiving
any Default hereunder; provided, however, that no such supplemental agreement
shall, without the consent of each Lender affected thereby:

          (a)  Extend the final maturity of any Loan or Note or reduce the
principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of
interest or fees thereon;

          (b)  Reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required
Lenders;

          (c)  Reduce the amount or extend the payment date for the mandatory
payments required under Section 2.1 or 2.7, or increase the amount of the
Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender hereunder (other than an increase in
the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender as a result of an assignment
consummated between such Lender and another Lender pursuant to Section 12.3.1
hereof);

          (d)  Extend the Facility Termination Date (except as contemplated by
Section 2.21) or permit any Facility Letter of Credit to have an expiry date
beyond March 15, 1999;

          (e)  Amend this Section 8.2;

          (f)  Release any Subsidiary Guarantor from the Subsidiary Guaranty to
which it is a party; 

          (g)  Permit any assignment by the Borrower of its Obligations or its
rights hereunder; or

          (h)  amend the definition of the term "Commitment" without the consent
of each Lender affected thereby.

No amendment of any provision of this Agreement relating to the Agent
or the Issuer shall be effective without the written consent of the Agent or
the Issuer, as applicable.  The Agent may waive payment of the fee required
under Section 12.3.2 without obtaining the consent of any other party to this
Agreement.


                                     -70-
<PAGE>   77

     8.3. Preservation of Rights.  No delay or omission of the Lenders or
the Agent to exercise any right under the Loan Documents shall impair such
right or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein,
and the making of a Loan notwithstanding the existence of a Default or the
inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to such Loan
shall not constitute any waiver or acquiescence.  Any single or partial
exercise of any such right shall not preclude other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right, and no waiver, amendment or other variation
of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Loan Documents whatsoever shall
be valid unless in writing signed by the Lenders required pursuant to Section
8.2, and then only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth.  All
remedies contained in the Loan Documents or by law afforded shall be cumulative
and all shall be available to the Agent and the Lenders until the Obligations
have been paid in full.


                                  ARTICLE IX

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS


     9.1. Survival of Representations.  All representations and warranties
of the Borrower contained in this Agreement or of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary contained in any Loan Document shall survive delivery of the Notes
and the making of the Loans herein contemplated.

     9.2. Governmental Regulation.  Anything contained in this Agreement to
the contrary notwithstanding, no Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to
the Borrower in violation of any limitation or prohibition provided by any
applicable statute or regulation.

     9.3. Taxes.  Any taxes (excluding income taxes on the overall net
income of any Lender) or other similar assessments or charges payable or ruled
payable by any governmental authority in respect of the Loan Documents shall be
paid by the Borrower, together with interest and penalties, if any.

     9.4. Headings.  Section headings in the Loan Documents are for
convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any
of the provisions of the Loan Documents.

     9.5. Entire Agreement.  The Loan Documents embody the entire agreement
and understanding among the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders and supersede
all prior agreements and understandings among the Borrower, the Agent and the
Lenders relating to the subject matter thereof other than the fee letter dated
February 3, 1994 in favor of First Chicago.


                                     -71-
<PAGE>   78

     9.6. Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement.  The respective
obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint and no Lender
shall be the partner or agent of any other (except to the extent to which the
Agent is authorized to act as such).  The failure of any Lender to perform any
of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from any of its
obligations hereunder, nor shall any Lender be liable for any other Lender's
failure to perform.  This Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any
right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement and
their respective successors and assigns.

     9.7. Expenses; Indemnification.  The Borrower shall reimburse the Agent
for any costs, internal charges and out-of-pocket expenses (including
attorneys' fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agent, which attorneys
may be employees of the Agent) paid or incurred by the Agent in connection with
the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, review, amendment,
modification, and administration of the Loan Documents.  The Borrower also
agrees to reimburse the Agent and the Lenders for any costs, internal charges
and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys' fees and time charges of
attorneys for the Agent and the Lenders, which attorneys may be employees of
the Agent or the Lenders) paid or incurred by the Agent or any Lender in
connection with the collection and enforcement of or preservation of rights
under the Loan Documents.  The Borrower further agrees to indemnify the Agent
and each Lender, its directors, officers and employees against all losses,
claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including,
without limitation, all expenses of litigation or preparation therefor whether
or not the Agent or any Lender is a party thereto) which any of them may pay or
incur arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or
the Transaction Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or
the direct or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds of
any Loan hereunder or the use or intended use of any Facility Letter of Credit
hereunder; except to the extent that they arise out of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification.  The obligations of
the Borrower under this Section shall survive the payment of the Obligations
and the termination of this Agreement.

     9.8. Numbers of Documents.  All statements, notices, closing documents,
and requests hereunder shall be furnished to the Agent with sufficient
counterparts so that the Agent may furnish one to each of the Lenders.

     9.9. Accounting.  Except as provided to the contrary herein, all
accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted and all accounting
determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with Agreement Accounting
Principles.

     9.10. Severability of Provisions.  Any provision in any Loan Document
that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid


                                     -72-
<PAGE>   79

in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative,
unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that
jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in
any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents
are declared to be severable.

     9.11. Nonliability of Lenders.  The relationship between the Borrower
and the Lenders and the Agent shall be solely that of borrower and lender. 
Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any fiduciary responsibilities to
the Borrower.  Neither the Agent nor any Lender undertakes any responsibility
to the Borrower to review or inform the Borrower of any matter in connection
with any phase of the Borrower's business or operations.  The Borrower shall
rely entirely upon its own judgment with respect to its business, and any
review, inspection or supervision of, or information supplied to the Borrower
by the Agent or the Lenders is for the protection of the Agent and the Lenders
and neither the Borrower nor any other Person is entitled to rely thereon.  The
Borrower (a) agrees that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have liability
to the Borrower (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) for losses
suffered by the Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way
related to, the transactions contemplated and the relationship established by
the Loan Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection
therewith, unless it is determined by a judgment of a court that is binding on
the Agent, or such Lender, final and not subject to review on appeal, that such
losses were the result of acts or omissions on the part of the Agent or such
Lender, as the case may be, constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct
or knowing violations of law, and (b) waives, releases and agrees not to sue
upon any claim against the Agent or any Lender (whether sounding in tort,
contract or otherwise) except a claim based upon gross negligence, willful
misconduct or knowing violations of law.  Whether or not such damages are
related to a claim that is subject to the waiver effected above and whether or
not such waiver is effective, neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any
liability with respect to, and the Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees
not to sue for, any special, indirect or consequential damages suffered by the
Borrower in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the
transactions contemplated or the relationship established by the Loan
Documents, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith,
unless it is determined by a judgment of a court that is binding on the Agent
or such Lender, as the case may be, final and not subject to review on appeal,
that such damages were the result of acts or omissions on the part of the Agent
or such Lender, as the case may be, constituting gross negligence, willful
misconduct or knowing violations of law.

     9.12. CHOICE OF LAW.  THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A
CONTRARY EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL LAWS, WITHOUT REGARD TO


                                     -73-
<PAGE>   80

CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS, OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, BUT GIVING
EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

     9.13. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS
TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR ILLINOIS
STATE COURT SITTING IN CHICAGO IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT
ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED
IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A
COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT
THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER
IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.  ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY THE
BORROWER AGAINST THE AGENT OR ANY LENDER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE AGENT OR ANY
LENDER INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF,
RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A
COURT IN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS; PROVIDED, THAT SUCH PROCEEDINGS MAY BE BROUGHT IN
OTHER COURTS IF JURISDICTION MAY NOT BE OBTAINED IN A COURT IN CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS.

     9.14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER
HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY
WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE
RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.

     9.15. Disclosure.  The Borrower and each Lender hereby (a) acknowledge
and agree that First Chicago and/or its Affiliates from time to time may hold
other investments in, make other loans to or have other relationships with the
Borrower, including, without limitation, in connection with the Existing
Receivables Financing, any Incremental Receivables Financing or any interest
rate hedging instruments or agreements or swap transactions, and (b) waive any
liability of First Chicago or such Affiliate to the Borrower or any Lender,
respectively, arising out of or resulting from such investments, loans or
relationships other than liabilities arising out of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of First Chicago or its Affiliates.

     9.16. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement, and
any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such
counterpart.  This Agreement shall be effective when it has been executed by
the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders and each party has notified the Agent
by telex or telephone, that it has taken such action.


                                     -74-
<PAGE>   81

                                   ARTICLE X

                                   THE AGENT


     10.1.  Appointment.  First Chicago is hereby appointed Agent hereunder
and under each other Loan Document, and each of the Lenders authorizes the
Agent to act as the agent of such Lender.  The Agent agrees to act as such upon
the express conditions contained in this Article X.  The Agent shall not have a
fiduciary relationship in respect of the Borrower or any Lender by reason of
this Agreement.

     10.2.  Powers.  The Agent shall have and may exercise such powers under
the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms of
each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. 
The Agent shall have no implied duties to the Lenders, or any obligation to the
Lenders to take any action thereunder, except any action specifically provided
by the Loan Documents to be taken by the Agent.

     10.3.  General Immunity.  Neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be liable to the Borrower or any Lender for
any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or under any
other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith except for its or
their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

     10.4.  No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc.  Neither the Agent
nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible
for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify (a) any statement,
warranty or representation made in connection with any Loan Document or any
borrowing hereunder, (b) the performance or observance of any of the covenants
or agreements of any obligor under any Loan Document, (c) the satisfaction of
any condition specified in Article IV, except receipt of items required to be
delivered to the Agent and not waived at closing, or (d) the validity,
effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other instrument or
writing furnished in connection therewith.

     10.5.  Action on Instructions of Lenders.  The Agent shall in all cases
be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and under
any other Loan Document in accordance with written instructions signed by the
Required Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders and on all holders of
Notes.  The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any
action hereunder and under any other Loan Document unless it shall first be
indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro-rata against any and all
liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing
to take any such action.


                                     -75-
<PAGE>   82

     10.6.  Employment of Agents and Counsel.  The Agent may execute any of
its duties as Agent hereunder and under any other Loan Document by or through
employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the
Lenders, except as to money or securities received by it or its authorized
agents, for the default or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact
selected by it with reasonable care.  The Agent shall be entitled to advice of
counsel concerning all matters pertaining to the agency hereby created and its
duties hereunder and under any other Loan Document.

     10.7.  Reliance on Documents; Counsel.  The Agent shall be entitled to
rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram,
statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and, in respect to
legal matters, upon the opinion of counsel selected by the Agent, which counsel
may be employees of the Agent.

     10.8.  Agent's Reimbursement and Indemnification.  The Lenders agree to
reimburse and indemnify the Agent ratably in proportion to their respective
Commitments (a) for any amounts not reimbursed by the Borrower for which the
Agent is entitled to reimbursement by the Borrower under the Loan Documents,
(b) for any other expenses incurred by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and
enforcement of the Loan Documents, and (c) for any liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out
of the Loan Documents or any other document delivered in connection therewith
or the transactions contemplated thereby, or the enforcement of any of the
terms thereof or of any such other documents; provided, that no Lender shall be
liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent.  The obligations of the Lenders
under this Section 10.8 shall survive payment of the Obligations and
termination of this Agreement.

     10.9.  Rights as a Lender.  In the event the Agent is a Lender, the
Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any other Loan
Document as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the
Agent, and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, at any time when the Agent is
a Lender, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its
individual capacity.  The Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and
generally engage in any kind of trust, debt, equity or other transaction, in
addition to those contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Borrower or such
Subsidiary is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person.   


                                     -76-
<PAGE>   83

     10.10. Lender Credit Decision.  Each Lender acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based
on the financial statements prepared by the Borrower and such other documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each
Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon
the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions
in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.

     10.11. Successor Agent.  The Agent may resign at any time by giving
written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower.  The Agent may be
removed at any time for cause by the Required Lenders.  Upon any such
resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint,
on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Agent.  If no successor
Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have
accepted such appointment within thirty days after the retiring Agent's giving
notice of resignation or within thirty days after the removal of such Agent,
then the retiring Agent shall use reasonable efforts to appoint, on behalf of
the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Agent.  Such successor Agent shall be
a commercial bank having capital and retained earnings of at least $50,000,000. 
Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent,
such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the
rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents.  After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal
hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue in effect
for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was acting as the Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

     10.12. Notice of Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Unmatured Default
hereunder unless the Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower
referring to this Agreement describing such Default or Unmatured Default and
stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the event that the Agent
receives such a notice, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the
Lenders.  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.5, the Agent shall take any
action of the type specified in this Agreement with respect to such Default or
Unmatured Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or,
if so required by Section 8.2, by all Lenders); provided, that unless and until
the Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with
respect to such Default or Unmatured Default as the Agent shall determine is in
the best interests of the Lenders.


                                     -77-
<PAGE>   84


                                  ARTICLE XI

                           SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS


     11.1.  Setoff.  In addition to, and without limitation of, any rights
of the Lenders under applicable law, if the Borrower becomes insolvent, however
evidenced, or any Default or Unmatured Default occurs, any and all deposits
(including all account balances, whether provisional or final and whether or
not collected or available) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or
owing by any Lender to or for the credit or account of the Borrower may be
offset and applied toward the payment of the Obligations owing to such Lender,
whether or not the Obligations, or any part hereof, shall then be due.

     11.2.  Ratable Payments.  If any Lender, whether by setoff or
otherwise, has payment made to it upon its Loans (other than payments received
pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.4) in a greater proportion than its pro-rata
share of such Loans, such Lender agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase a
portion of the Loans held by the other Lenders so that after such purchase each
Lender will hold its ratable proportion of Loans.  If any Lender, whether in
connection with setoff or amounts which might be subject to setoff or
otherwise, receives collateral or other protection for its Obligations or such
amounts which may be subject to setoff, such Lender agrees, promptly upon
demand, to take such action necessary such that all Lenders share in the
benefits of such collateral ratably in proportion to their Loans.  In case any
such payment is disturbed by legal process, or otherwise, appropriate further
adjustments shall be made.  If an amount to be setoff is to be applied to
Indebtedness of the Borrower to a Lender, other than Indebtedness evidenced by
any of the Notes held by such Lender, such amount shall be applied ratably to
such other Indebtedness and to the Indebtedness evidenced by such Notes.


                                  ARTICLE XII

               BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS


     12.1.  Successors and Assigns.  The terms and provisions of the Loan
Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and
the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except that (a) the
Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations under the
Loan Documents, and (b) any assignment by any Lender must be made in compliance
with Section 12.3.  Notwithstanding clause (b) of this Section, any Lender may
at any time, without the consent of the Borrower or the Agent, assign all or
any portion of its rights under this Agreement and its Notes to a Federal
Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such assignment to a Federal Reserve
Bank shall release the


                                     -78-
<PAGE>   85

transferor Lender from its obligations hereunder.  The Agent may treat
the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and
until such payee complies with Section 12.3 in the case of an assignment
thereof or, in the case of any other transfer, a written notice of the transfer
is filed with the Agent.  Any assignee or transferee of a Note agrees by
acceptance thereof to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Loan
Documents.  Any request, authority or consent of any Person, who at the time of
making such request or giving such authority or consent is the holder of any
Note, shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee or
assignee of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

     12.2.  Participations.

          12.2.1.  Permitted Participants; Effect.  Any Lender may, in the
ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any
time sell to one or more banks or other entities ("Participants") participating
interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender, any
Lender's interest in Facility Letters of Credit, any Commitment of such Lender
or any other interest of such Lender under the Loan Documents.  In the event of
any such sale by a Lender of participating interests to a Participant, such
Lender's obligations under the Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, such
Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the
performance of such obligations, such Lender shall remain the holder of any
such Note for all purposes under the Loan Documents, all amounts payable by the
Borrower under this Agreement shall be determined as if such Lender had not
sold such participating interests, and the Borrower and the Agent shall
continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such
Lender's rights and obligations under the Loan Documents.

          12.2.2.  Voting Rights.  Each Lender shall retain the sole right to
approve, without the consent of any Participant, any amendment, modification or
waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents other than any amendment,
modification or waiver which effects any of the modifications referenced in
clauses (a) through (g) of Section 8.2. 

          12.2.3.  Benefit of Setoff.  The Borrower agrees that each Participant
shall be deemed to have the right of setoff provided in Section 11.1 in respect
of its participating interest in amounts owing under the Loan Documents to the
same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly
to it as a Lender under the Loan Documents; provided, that each Lender shall
retain the right of setoff provided in Section 11.1 with respect to the amount
of participating interests sold to each Participant.  The Lenders agree to
share with each Participant, and each Participant, by exercising the right of
setoff provided in Section 11.1, agrees to share with each Lender, any amount
received pursuant to the exercise of its right of setoff, such amounts to be


                                     -79-
<PAGE>   86

shared in accordance with Section 11.2 as if each Participant were a
Lender.

     12.3.  Assignments.

          12.3.1.  Permitted Assignments.  Any Lender may, in the ordinary 
course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time 
assign to one or more banks or other entities ("Purchasers") all or any part 
of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents.  Such assignment shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto or in such other form as may be
agreed to by the parties thereto.  The consent of the Agent shall be required
prior to an assignment becoming effective with respect to a Purchaser which is
not a Lender or an Affiliate thereof.  Such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  The assigning Lender shall give the Borrower notice of any such
assignment made by it within thirty (30) days following the effective date of
such assignment, provided that any failure to give such notice shall not affect
or impair the validity of the assignment.

          12.3.2.  Effect; Effective Date.  Upon (a) delivery to the Agent of a
notice of assignment, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I to
Exhibit C hereto (a "Notice of Assignment"), together with any consents
required by Section 12.3.1, and (b) payment of a $2,500 fee to the Agent for
processing such assignment, such assignment shall become effective on the
effective date specified in such Notice of Assignment.  On and after the
effective date of such assignment, (a) such Purchaser shall for all purposes be
a Lender party to this Agreement and any other Loan Document executed by the
Lenders and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender under the
Loan Documents, to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto, and
(b) the transferor Lender shall be released with respect to the percentage of
the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and Loans assigned to such Purchaser
without any further consent or action by the Borrower, the Lenders or the
Agent.  Upon the consummation of any assignment to a Purchaser pursuant to this
Section 12.3.2, the transferor Lender, the Agent and the Borrower shall make
appropriate arrangements so that replacement Notes are issued to such
transferor Lender and new Notes or, as appropriate, replacement Notes, are
issued to such Purchaser, in each case in principal amounts reflecting their
Total Commitment, as adjusted pursuant to such assignment.

     12.4.  Dissemination of Information.  The Borrower authorizes each
Lender to disclose to any Participant or Purchaser or any other Person
acquiring an interest in the Loan Documents by operation of law (each a
"Transferee") and any prospective Transferee any and all information in such
Lender's possession concerning the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.


- -80-
<PAGE>   87

     12.5.  Tax Treatment.  If any interest in any Loan Document is
transferred to any Transferee which is organized under the laws of any
jurisdiction other than the United States or any State thereof, the transferor
Lender shall cause such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such
transfer, to comply with the provisions of Section 2.18.


                                 ARTICLE XIII

                                    NOTICES


     13.1.  Giving Notice.  Except as otherwise permitted by Section 2.15
with respect to borrowing notices, all notices and other communications
provided to any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
shall be in writing, by facsimile, first class U.S. mail or overnight courier
and addressed or delivered to such party at its address set forth below its
signature hereto or at such other address as may be designated by such party in
a notice to the other parties, with a copy, in the case of notice to the
Borrower, to Gardner, Carton & Douglas, Suite 3400, Quaker Tower, 321 N. Clark
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60010, Attn:  Glenn W. Reed, Esq., Telecopy No. (312)
644-3381.  Any notice, if mailed and properly addressed with first class
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given three (3)
Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail; any notice, if transmitted by
facsimile, shall be deemed given when transmitted; and any notice given by
overnight courier shall be deemed given when received by the addressee. 
Wherever under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document any certificate
or other writing is given by any director, officer or employee of the Borrower
or any Subsidiary, such certificate or other writing shall be delivered by such
director, officer or employee on behalf of the Borrower or such Subsidiary in
his or her capacity as a director, officer or employee and not in his or her
individual capacity.

     13.2.  Change of Address.  The Borrower, the Agent and any Lender may
each change the address for service of notice upon it by a notice in writing to
the other parties hereto.

                          [signature pages to follow]


                                     -81-
<PAGE>   88

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent have
executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

                              SPX CORPORATION


                              By:                                             

                              Print Name:                                     

                              Title:                                          

                              Address:  700 Terrace Point Drive
                                        Muskegon, Michigan  49443
                                        Attn:  R. Budd Werner

                                       Telecopy:  (616) 724-5309
                                       Telephone: (616) 724-5790


Commitments

Revolving Credit                   THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
   Commitment                      Individually and as Agent

$135,000,000                  By:                                             
     
                                        Print Name:                           

                                        Title:                                

                                        Address: One First National Plaza
                                                 Chicago, Illinois  60670
                                                 Attn:                        
  
                                            Telecopy:                         
                                            Telephone:                        










                                     -82-
<PAGE>   89

Commitments

Revolving Credit                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
   Commitment                      as Lender

$35,000,000                   By:                                             
     
                                        Print Name:                           

                                        Title:                                

                                        Address: One Wall Street
                                                 New York, New York 10286
                                                 Attn:                        
  
                                            Telecopy:                         
                                            Telephone:                        

















                                     -83-
<PAGE>   90

Commitments

Revolving Credit                   NBD BANK, N.A.,
   Commitment                      as Lender

$35,000,000                   By:                                             
     
                                        Print Name:                           

                                        Title:                                

                                        Address: Michigan Corporate Group
                                                 611 Woodward Avenue 
                                                 Detroit, Michigan 48226
                                                 Attn:                        
  
                                            Telecopy:                         
                                            Telephone:                        


















                                     -84-
<PAGE>   91

Commitments

Revolving Credit                   THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
   Commitment                      as Lender

$15,000,000                   By:                                             
     
                                        Print Name:                           

                                        Title:                                

                                        Address: 181 West Madison Street
                                                 Chicago, Illinois  60602
                                                 Attn:                        
  
                                            Telecopy:                         
                                            Telephone:                        



















                                     -85-
<PAGE>   92
Commitments

Revolving Credit                   MICHIGAN NATIONAL BANK, 
   Commitment                      as Lender

$15,000,000                   By:                                             
     
                                        Print Name:                           

                                        Title:                                

                                        Address: 1533 N. Woodward Avenue
                                                 Suite 200
                                                 Bloomfield Hills, Michigan
                                                  48304
                                                 Attn:                        
  
                                            Telecopy:                         
                                            Telephone:                        


















                                     -86-
<PAGE>   93
Commitments

Revolving Credit                   THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
   Commitment                      as Lender

$15,000,000                   By:                                             
     
                                        Print Name:                           

                                        Title:                                

                                        Address: 233 South Wacker Drive
                                                 Suite 4800
                                                 Chicago, Illinois  60606
                                                 Attn:                        
  
                                            Telecopy:                         
                                            Telephone:                        




















                                     -87-

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
 
                        SUBSIDIARIES OF SPX CORPORATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      NAME OF SUBSIDIARY                             STATE OR         PERCENTAGE
                     AND NAME UNDER WHICH                          JURISDICTION          OWNED
                       IT DOES BUSINESS                          OF INCORPORATION    BY REGISTRANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------    -------------
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>
SPX Canada, Inc...............................................   Canada-Dominion          100%
SPX Australia Pty. Ltd........................................   Australia                100%
SPX Europe AG.................................................   Switzerland              100%
SPX U.K. Ltd..................................................   United Kingdom           100%
SPX Deutschland GmbH..........................................   Germany                  100%
Bear Italiana, S.R.L..........................................   Italy                    100%
Bear Automotive, S.A..........................................   Switzerland              100%
Bear France S.A...............................................   France                   100%
SPX Power Team, B.V...........................................   The Netherlands          100%
Kent-Moore Do Brasil Industria & Commerce, Ltda...............   Brazil                   100%
Sealed Power Technologies (Europe) Limited Partnership........   Delaware                  70%
Sealed Power Technologies Limited Partnership.................   Delaware                  98%
Bear Automotive Equipment Leasing L.P.........................   Delaware                  75%
JATEK, Limited................................................   Japan                     50%
RSV Corporation...............................................   Japan                     50%
SPX Credit Corporation........................................   Delaware                 100%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation 
of our report included in this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously
filed Registration Statement File No. 33-24043.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN & CO.
 
Chicago, Illinois,
March 25, 1994


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission